T&B Cable Tray. In this section...

Size: px

Start display at page:

Download "T&B Cable Tray. In this section..."

Aubrie McBride
5 years ago
Views:

1 In this section... T& Cable Tray T& Cable Tray Overview luminum Tray Steel Tray One-Piece Tray Channel Tray Common ccessories Grounding and onding Options Non-Metallic Tray Technical Information

2 Overview enefits of Cable Tray Cable tray wiring systems offer significant advantages over conduit pipe and other wiring systems. Cable tray is less expensive, more reliable, more adaptable to changing needs and easier to mainta In addition, its design does not contribute to potential safety problems associated with other wiring systems. n evaluation of the costs and benefits of various wiring systems should be done in the design phase. Unfortunately, many engineers who are unfamiliar with wiring systems avoid the system selection process or defer it until construction often resulting in higher costs, scheduling delays and a system that will not meet future needs. Selection of a wiring system that is not the most suitable for a particular application in terms of cost, potential corrosion and electrical considerations can lead to numerous problems, including excessive initial cost, poor design, faulty installation, extra maintenance, future power outages and unnecessary safety concerns. Cost Extensive experience has shown that the initial cost of a cable tray installation (including conductor, material and installation labor costs) may be as much as 60% less than a comparable conduit wiring system. Cable tray systems, including trays, supports, fittings and other materials, are generally much less expensive than conduit wiring systems. In addition, major cost savings are generated by the relative ease of installation. Labor costs of installing a cable tray system can run up to 50 percent less. Total cost savings will vary with the complexity and size of the installation. Direct cost savings are easy to calculate during the design phase of an installation, but the enormous advantages of cable tray may accrue only over time. The system s reliability, adaptability, ease of maintenance and inherent safety features result in many other types of cost savings, including: Lower engineering and maintenance costs Less need to reconfigure system as needs change Less down time for electrical and data handling systems Fewer environmental problems resulting from loss of power to essential equipment eliability Cable tray systems offer unsurpassed reliability, resulting in less need for maintenance and less down time important considerations for all installations but especially for such industries as data communications and financial services. In addition, since cable tray is not a closed system, moisture build up problems are eliminated and damage to cable insulation during installation is also greatly reduced. daptabilty major advantage of cable tray systems derives from their adaptability to new needs and technology. The pace of change in the economy, constantly shifting competitive pressures and rapid introduction of innovative technologies are all accelerating. More than ever before, businesses must be prepared to quickly expand facilities, change products or introduce new processes. The flexibility of the wiring system is a key consideration. Modifying a cable tray system or adding cables to meet new needs is relatively easy because cables can enter or exit a tray at any point. nd initial design considerations can build-in extra capacity as part of the planning process. Cable tray s inherent adaptability allows rewiring for future expansion, building redesign or new technologies without disruption or need to replace the entire wiring system. Maintenance Cable tray wiring systems require less maintenance than conduit systems. When maintenance is necessary, it is easier, less time-consuming and less labor intensive. The physical condition and status of both the cable tray and the tray cables can be inspected visually, something that is not possible with conduit systems. In addition, it is also easy to see if there is sufficient capacity in the trays for additional cables. s was noted above, changing or adding cables can also be accomplished without difficulty. nother comparative benefit of cable tray systems is that they do not act as channels of moisture paths, as conduit wiring systems do. Conduit systems tend to collect condensation and channel the moisture to electrical equipment, where it can lead to corrosion and failure. Cable tray and tray cable are also less susceptible to fire loss than conduit. n external fire usually results in damage to only a few feet of a cable tray system, while wire insulation inside a conduit suffers significant damage and thermoplastic insulation may actually fuse to the conduit. Safety Cable tray wiring systems lack the inherent safety concerns of conduit systems. y its nature, a conduit wiring system can serve as a flow-through for corrosive, explosive and toxic gases. The conduit installation process can also present a safety issue for electricians. The cable tray installation process precludes those safety concerns by providing a means to pull tray cables from near one termination enclosure to the next before they are inserted into the enclosure and then terminated, unlike conduit installation where the electrician may be inadvertently exposed to live, energized equipment that may already be in the enclosure. Finally, in installations where cable tray can be used as the equipment grounding conductor (per the National Electrical Code standards), it is easy to visually check the system components as well as conduct checks for electrical continuity. NEC and National Electrical Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection ssociation, Inc. -260

Overview Thomas & etts Cable Tray Unique Design Points Features and enefits I-eam Siderail

installation luminum Ty-ap Cable Tie Slots Exclusive Ty-ap cable tie slots on 1" centers on all

constructed with a flat sheet for added cable protecton luminum and steel lternating ungs

Extra-Wide ung Design Extra-wide rung design for maximum cable-bearing surface luminum and steel

provide complete barrier strip adjustability luminum and steel djustable arrier Strips arrier

3 Overview Thomas & etts Cable Tray Unique Design Points Features and enefits I-eam Siderail Maximum structural strength luminum Snap-in Splice Plates Snap-in aluminum splice plates for easy installation luminum Ty-ap Cable Tie Slots Exclusive Ty-ap cable tie slots on 1" centers on all ladder and ventilated bottoms luminum and steel dded Support luminum and steel solid bottoms are constructed with a flat sheet for added cable protecton luminum and steel lternating ungs lternating rungs for top and bottom accessory installation and cable lashing luminum and steel Extra-Wide ung Design Extra-wide rung design for maximum cable-bearing surface luminum and steel Continuous Open Slot ungs have continuous open slot to accept standard strut pipe clamps and provide complete barrier strip adjustability luminum and steel djustable arrier Strips arrier strips are fully adjustable (side to side) for use in straight sections and fittings luminum and steel 1.5m/72" 3m/144" -261

4 luminum Tray 4" Straight Sections, Series 0-4, 1-4, 2-4 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough Support Span Feet Series H0-4 H1-4 H2-4 = luminum Style H = H-eam Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Deflection Factor H L Series 0 = Series 0* 1 = Series 1* 2 = Series 2 Side ail Height 4" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type L06 = 6" ung Spacing L09 = 9" ung Spacing L = " ung Spacing V = Ventilated** S = Solid Trough...Specifications... NEM ating H0-4: 8; H1-4:, 8C; H2-4: Length 144 = ft. 288 = ft. 3 = 3m 6 = 6m CS H1-4: C; H2-4: D/3m UL Cross Sectional rea ll:.6 2 Side ail Design Factors, 1 Pair H0-4: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H1-4: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H2-4: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: * Series 0 and Series 1 not available in -ft. or 6m lengths. ** For load ratings of CS Class C/NEM C or less, please see an alternative ventilated series of cable tray on pages " Straight Sections, Series 3-4, 4-4, 5-4 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough H L Support Span Feet Series H3-4 H4-4 H5-4 = luminum Style H = H-eam Series 3 = Series 3 4 = Series 4 5 = Series 5 Side ail Height 4" Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Deflection Factor = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type L06 = 6" ung Spacing L09 = 9" ung Spacing L = " ung Spacing V = Ventilated S = Solid Trough Length 144 = ft. 288 = ft. 3 = 3m 6 = 6m...Specifications... NEM ating H3-4: C, 16; H4-4: 20, 16; H5-4: 20, 16C CS H3-4: D/6m; H4-4: E/3m; H5-4: E/6m UL Cross Sectional rea H3-4, H4-4: 1 2 ; H5-4: Side ail Design Factors, 1 Pair H3-4: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H4-4: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H5-4: Ix: 5 4 ; Sx: 2. 3 ; rea:

5 luminum Tray 5" Straight Sections, Series 2-5, 3-5, 4-5 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough Support Span Feet Series H2-5 H3-5 H4-5 = luminum Style H = H-eam Series 2 = Series 2 3 = Series 3 4 = Series 4 Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Deflection Factor H L Side ail Height 5" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type L06 = 6" ung Spacing L09 = 9" ung Spacing L = " ung Spacing V = Ventilated S = Solid Trough Length 144 = ft. 288 = ft. 3 = 3m 6 = 6m...Specifications... NEM ating H2-5: C, 16; H3-5: 20, 16; H4-5: 20, 16C CS H2-5: D/6m; H3-5: E/3m; H4-5: E/6m UL Cross Sectional rea H2-5: 1 2 ; H3-5, H4-5: Side ail Design Factors, 1 Pair H2-5: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H3-5: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H4-5: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: " Straight Sections, Series 1-6, 2-6, 3-6 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough H L = luminum Support Span Feet Series H0-6 H1-6 H2-6 H3-6 Style H = H-eam Series 0 = Series 0* 1 = Series 1 2 = Series 2 3 = Series 3 Side ail Height 6" Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Deflection Factor = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type L06 = 6" ung Spacing L09 = 9" ung Spacing L = " ung Spacing V = Ventilated** S = Solid Trough Length 144 = ft. 288 = ft. 3 = 3m 6 = 6m...Specifications... NEM ating H0-6: ; H1-6: C, 16; H2-6: 20, 16; H3-6: 20, 16C CS H0-6: C; H1-6: D/6M; H2-6: E/3M; H3-6: E/6M UL Cross Sectional rea H0-6, H1-6: 1 2 ; H2-6: ; H3-6: 2 2 Side ail Design Factors, 1 Pair H0-6: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H1-6: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H2-6: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H3-6: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: 2. 2 * vailable in -ft. and 3m lengths only. ** For load ratings of CS Class C/NEM C or less, please see an alternative ventilated series of Cable Tray on pages

luminum Tray 6" Straight Sections, Series 4-6, 5-6, 6-6 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough = luminum Support Span Style H = H-eam Series 4 = Series 4 5 = Series 5 6 = Series 6 Feet Series 6 8 10 14

6 luminum Tray 6" Straight Sections, Series 4-6, 5-6, 6-6 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough = luminum Support Span Style H = H-eam Series 4 = Series 4 5 = Series 5 6 = Series 6 Feet Series Load (lb./ft.) H4-6 Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) H5-6 Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) H6-6 Deflection () Deflection Factor H L Side ail Height 6" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type L06 = 6" ung Spacing L09 = 9" ung Spacing L = " ung Spacing V = Ventilated S = Solid Trough... Specifications... NEM ating H4-6: 20C; H5-6, H6-6: Exceeds 20C UL Cross Sectional rea ll: Length 144 = ft. 288 = ft. 3 = 3m 6 = 6m Side ail Design Factors, 1 Pair H4-6: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H5-6: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H6-6: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: Note: See appendix for information on Heavy Load bearing trays and spans beyond 6m. 7" Straight Sections, Series 2-7, 3-7 H L = luminum Support Span Style H = H-eam Series 2 = Series 2 3 = Series 3 Feet Side ail Height 7" Series Load (lb./ft.) H2-7 Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) H3-7 Deflection () Deflection Factor = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36"... Specifications... NEM ating H2-7: 20; H3-7: Exceeds 20C CS H2-7: E/6m ottom Type L06 = 6" ung Spacing L09 = 9" ung Spacing L = " ung Spacing V = Ventilated S = Solid Trough UL Cross Sectional rea ll: Length 144 = ft. 288 = ft. 3 = 3m 6 = 6m Side ail Design Factors, 1 Pair H2-7: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H3-7: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: Note: See appendix for information on Heavy Load bearing trays and spans beyond 6m. -264

luminum Tray Which Tray Style Meets the Project Criteria and udget? U-Style features fittings constructed with side rail flanges on the inside only (U-eam).

install Occupies less space in areas where space is restrained Easy to align straights Splice plate holds components together while hardware is inserted

Features Premium design Simplicity of design 3" tangents on fittings 7" snap-in splice plate H-shaped fitting side rails enefits Improved aesthetics and

7 luminum Tray Which Tray Style Meets the Project Criteria and udget? U-Style features fittings constructed with side rail flanges on the inside only (U-eam). Features Functional design Simplicity of design Tangents on fittings 7" snap-in splice plate U-shaped fitting side rails enefits Lowest purchase price Easy to install Occupies less space in areas where space is restrained Easy to align straights Splice plate holds components together while hardware is inserted Lighter fittings are easy to handle Now with Tangents 7" 1.96" H-Style features fittings constructed with side rail having inner and outer flanges (H-eam). Features Premium design Simplicity of design 3" tangents on fittings 7" snap-in splice plate H-shaped fitting side rails enefits Improved aesthetics and customer appeal Easy to install Improved system rigidity Easy to align straights and fittings 3" 7" 1.96" Splice plate holds components together while hardware is inserted 3" -265

8 luminum Tray Number Selection s in a cable tray system are required to change cable routing direction and to join straight sections and other fittings. This step of the cable tray selection process requires that the specifier chooses between two distinct styles, U and H. Note: The U-Style and H-Style systems are interchangeable. U-Style U-shaped extrusion forms the fitting side rail U-Style fittings utilize a 7" splice plate and the fittings have tangents at the extremities This style offers maximum quality versus cost ratios of the installation H-Style n H-shaped extrusion forms the fitting side rail H-Style fittings utilize a 7" splice plate and the fittings have 3" tangents at the extremities This style offers enhanced aesthetics to the end-user and increased system rigidity UF L - VO 60 - = luminum Style UF = U-eam HF = H-eam Side ail Height 4" 5" 6" 7" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type L = Ladder* V = Ventilated** S = Solid Trough*** Type H = Horizontal end HT = Horizontal Tee H = Horizontal Cross VI = Vertical Inside end VO = Vertical Outside end VTD = Vertical Tee Down ngle 30 = = = = 90 Nominal = " = " 36 = 36" 48 = 48" VTU = Vertical Tee Up H = Horizontal Wye ight HL = Horizontal Wye Left T = Horizontal educing Tee ET = Horizontal Expanding Tee E = Horizontal Expand Cross HL = Horizontal Left educer HS = Horizontal Straight educer H = Horizontal ight educer * Manufactured with 9" rung spacing measured at the center line of fitting. CS = Cable Support *** Manufactured with 4" edge to edge rung spacing measured at the center line of fitting. **** Manufactured with flat sheet inserted under rungs with 9" rung spacing measured at the center line of fitting. ngle is required for H, VI, VO only. is not required for the following Types: H, HL, HL, H, HS -266

9 luminum Tray Horizontal ends U-Style 90 Horizontal end page Horizontal end page -274 H-Style 90 Horizontal end page Horizontal end page Horizontal end page Horizontal end page Horizontal end page Horizontal end page -277 T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -267

U-Style page -280 H-Style page -281 T& aluminum cable tray is composed of

10 luminum Tray Horizontal Tees, Crosses U-Style Tee page -278 Cross page -278 H-Style Tee page -279 Cross page -279 Horizontal educing Tees U-Style page -280 H-Style page -281 T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -268

H-Style page -285 T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two

11 luminum Tray Horizontal Expanding Tees U-Style page -282 Horizontal Expanding Crosses U-Style page -284 H-Style page -283 H-Style page -285 T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -269

12 luminum Tray educers U-Style Offset educer - ight page -286 Offset educer - Left page -286 educer - Straight page -286 H-Style Offset educer - ight page -287 Offset educer - Left page -287 educer - Straight page -287 Horizontal Wyes U-Style Left-Hand Wye page -288 H-Style Left-Hand Wye page -289 ight-hand Wye page -288 ight-hand Wye page -289 T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -270

luminum Tray Vertical ends U-Style 90 Outside end page -290 90 Inside end page -290 H-Style 90 Outside end page -291 90 Inside end page -291 60 Outside end page -292 60 Outside

13 luminum Tray Vertical ends U-Style 90 Outside end page Inside end page -290 H-Style 90 Outside end page Inside end page Outside end page Outside end page Inside end page Inside end page -293 T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -271

14 luminum Tray Vertical ends (continued) U-Style 45 Outside end page Inside end page -294 H-Style 45 Outside end page Inside end page Outside end page Outside end page Inside end page Inside end page -297 T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -272

luminum Tray Vertical Tees Up/Down U-Style Up

is composed of two distinct systems H-Style

15 luminum Tray Vertical Tees Up/Down U-Style Up page -298 Down page -298 H-Style Up page -299 Down page -299 Cable Supports U-Style page -300 H-Style page -301 T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -273

luminum Tray U-Style 90 Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions 36 48 90 Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System UF - 4 - - L - H 60 - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type 6 UF( )-06-(*)-H90-15 15

16 luminum Tray U-Style 90 Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System UF L - H 60 - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type 6 UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H90-30 UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H ngle 3" 3" " 60 Horizontal end Nominal Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 90, 60 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" U-Style 60 Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -274

luminum Tray H-Style 90 Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions 36 48 90 Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System HF - 4 - - L - H 60 - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type 6 HF( )-06-(*)-H90-18 18

31 1 2 HF( )--(*)-H90-33 33 18 HF( )-18-(*)-H90-36 36 HF( )--(*)-H90-39 39 30 HF( )-30-(*)-H90-42 42 36 HF( )-36-(*)-H90-45 45 6 HF( )-06-(*)-H90-36 42 42 9 HF( )-09-(*)-H90-36 43 1 2 43 1 2 HF(

17 luminum Tray H-Style 90 Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System HF L - H 60 - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type 6 HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H90- HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H ngle 3" " " 60 Horizontal end 3" Nominal Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 90, 60 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" H-Style 60 Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -275

luminum Tray U-Style 45 Horizontal ends Nominal 45 Horizontal end 30 Horizontal end 36 48 Catalog Numbering System UF - 4 - - L - H 45 - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Dimensions 6 UF(

18 luminum Tray U-Style 45 Horizontal ends Nominal 45 Horizontal end 30 Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System UF L - H 45 - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Dimensions 6 UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H Type 3" ngle Nominal Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 45, 30 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" U-Style 30 Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H " ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -276

luminum Tray H-Style 45 Horizontal ends Nominal 36 48 45 Horizontal end 30 Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System Dimensions 3" " UF - 4 - - L - H 45 - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type 6

)-30-(*)-H45-3 16 10 14 3 16 36 HF( )-36-(*)-H45-26 5 16 10 15 16 15 7 16 6 HF( )-06-(*)-H45-3 16 10 14 3 16 9 HF( )-09-(*)-H45-25 1 4 10 1 2 14 13 16 HF( )--(*)-H45-26 5 16 10 15 16 15 7 16 18 HF(

19 luminum Tray H-Style 45 Horizontal ends Nominal Horizontal end 30 Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System Dimensions 3" " UF L - H 45 - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type 6 HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H ngle Nominal Selection Guide H-Style 30 Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions " " Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 45, 30 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" 6 HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -277

20 luminum Tray U-Style Horizontal Tees Nominal Tee Catalog Numbering System UF L - ht and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Dimensions 6 UF( )-06-(*)-HT UF( )-09-(*)-HT UF( )--(*)-HT UF( )-18-(*)-HT UF( )--(*)-HT UF( )-30-(*)-HT UF( )-36-(*)-HT UF( )-06-(*)-HT UF( )-09-(*)-HT UF( )--(*)-HT UF( )-18-(*)-HT UF( )--(*)-HT UF( )-30-(*)-HT UF( )-36-(*)-HT UF( )-06-(*)-HT UF( )-09-(*)-HT UF( )--(*)-HT UF( )-18-(*)-HT UF( )--(*)-HT UF( )-30-(*)-HT UF( )-36-(*)-HT UF( )-06-(*)-HT UF( )-09-(*)-HT UF( )--(*)-HT UF( )-18-(*)-HT UF( )--(*)-HT UF( )-30-(*)-HT UF( )-36-(*)-HT W Type Nominal 3"" Selection Guide U-Style Horizontal Crosses Nominal Dimensions Cross Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 90, 60 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" 6 UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H UF( )-06-(*)-H UF( )-09-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-18-(*)-H UF( )--(*)-H UF( )-30-(*)-H UF( )-36-(*)-H W 3" " ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -278

luminum Tray H-Style Horizontal Tees Nominal Tee 3" " Catalog Numbering System hf - 5-06 - L - ht and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style W Type Nominal Dimensions Selection Guide H-Style Horizontal

18 36 9 HF( )-09-(*)-HT 19 1 2 39 HF( )--(*)-HT 21 42 18 HF( )-18-(*)-HT 48 HF( )--(*)-HT 27 54 30 HF( )-30-(*)-HT 30 60 36 HF( )-36-(*)-HT 33 66 6 HF( )-06-(*)-HT 30 60 9 HF( )-09-(*)-HT 31 1 2 63

21 luminum Tray H-Style Horizontal Tees Nominal Tee 3" " Catalog Numbering System hf L - ht and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style W Type Nominal Dimensions Selection Guide H-Style Horizontal Crosses Nominal Cross Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 90, 60 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" W " 3" Dimensions HF( )-06-(*)-HT HF( )-09-(*)-HT HF( )--(*)-HT HF( )-18-(*)-HT 48 HF( )--(*)-HT HF( )-30-(*)-HT HF( )-36-(*)-HT HF( )-06-(*)-HT HF( )-09-(*)-HT HF( )--(*)-HT HF( )-18-(*)-HT HF( )--(*)-HT HF( )-30-(*)-HT HF( )-36-(*)-HT HF( )-06-(*)-HT HF( )-09-(*)-HT HF( )--(*)-HT HF( )-18-(*)-HT HF( )--(*)-HT HF( )-30-(*)-HT HF( )-36-(*)-HT HF( )-06-(*)-HT HF( )-09-(*)-HT HF( )--(*)-HT HF( )-18-(*)-HT HF( )--(*)-HT HF( )-30-(*)-HT HF( )-36-(*)-HT HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H 48 HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H HF( )-06-(*)-H HF( )-09-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-18-(*)-H HF( )--(*)-H HF( )-30-(*)-H HF( )-36-(*)-H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -279

22 luminum Tray Catalog Numbering System UF L - T and Side ail Side ail Depth 1 2 ottom Style Type Nominal W1 Selection Guide Tray s W1: 36, 30,, 18,, 9 Tray s W2: 30,, 18,, 9, 6 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" W2 3" " U-Style Horizontal educing Tees s (+) " Nominal (+) " Nominal (+) 36" Nominal (+) 48" Nominal W1 W2 Cat. NO. 30 UF-( )-3630-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-36-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-3618-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-36-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-3609-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-3606-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-30-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-3018-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-30-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-3009-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-3006-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-18-(*)-T(+) UF-( )--(*)-T(+) UF-( )-09-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-06-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-18-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-1809-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-1806-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-09-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-06-(*)-T(+) UF-( )-0906-(*)-T(+) ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style. (+) Insert radius (" 48") to complete Catalog Number. Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -280

luminum Tray Catalog Numbering System HF - 7-36 - - L - T and Side ail Side ail Depth 1 2 ottom Style Type Nominal W1 3"" W2 Selection Guide Tray s W1: 36, 30,, 18,, 9 Tray s W2: 30,, 18,, 9, 6

23 luminum Tray Catalog Numbering System HF L - T and Side ail Side ail Depth 1 2 ottom Style Type Nominal W1 3"" W2 Selection Guide Tray s W1: 36, 30,, 18,, 9 Tray s W2: 30,, 18,, 9, 6 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" H-Style Horizontal educing Tees s (+) " Nominal (+) " Nominal (+) 36" Nominal (+) 48" Nominal W1 W2 Cat. NO. 30 HF-( )-3630-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-36-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-3618-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-36-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-3609-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-3606-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-30-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-3018-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-30-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-3009-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-3006-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-18-(*)-T(+) HF-( )--(*)-T(+) HF( )-09-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-06-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-18-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-1809-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-1806-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-09-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-06-(*)-T(+) HF-( )-0906-(*)-T(+) ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style. (+) Insert radius (" 48") to complete Catalog Number. Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -281

24 luminum Tray U-Style Horizontal Expanding Tees widths Catalog Numbering System UF L - ET and Side ail Side ail Depth 1 2 ottom Style Type Nominal Selection Guide Tray s W1: 30,, 18,, 9, 6 Tray s W2: 36, 30,, 18,, 9 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" (+) " Nominal (+) " Nominal (+) 36" Nominal (+) 48" Nominal W1 W UF( )-3036-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-30-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-36-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-18-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-1830-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-1836-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-18-(*)-ET(+) UF( )--(*)-ET(+) UF( )-30-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-36-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-09-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-0918-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-09-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-0930-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-0936-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-0609-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-06-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-0618-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-06-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-0630-(*)-ET(+) UF( )-0636-(*)-ET(+) W1 W2 " 3" ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert radius (" 48"). Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -282

luminum Tray H-Style Horizontal Expanding Tees widths Catalog Numbering System HF - 4-06 - 09 - L - ET and Side ail Side ail Depth 1 2 ottom Style Type Nominal Selection Guide Tray s W1: 30,, 18,, 9,

25 luminum Tray H-Style Horizontal Expanding Tees widths Catalog Numbering System HF L - ET and Side ail Side ail Depth 1 2 ottom Style Type Nominal Selection Guide Tray s W1: 30,, 18,, 9, 6 Tray s W2: 36, 30,, 18,, 9 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" (+) " Nominal (+) " Nominal (+) 36" Nominal (+) 48" Nominal W1 W HF( )-3036-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-30-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-36-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-18-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-1830-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-1836-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-18-(*)-ET(+) HF( )--(*)-ET(+) HF( )-30-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-36-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-09-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-0918-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-09-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-0930-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-0936-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-0609-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-06-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-0618-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-06-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-0630-(*)-ET(+) HF( )-0636-(*)-ET(+) W1 3" " W2 ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert radius (" 48"). Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -283

26 luminum Tray Catalog Numbering System UF L - E 36 and Side ail Side ail Depth 1 2 ottom Style Type Nominal Selection Guide 3" " W1 Tray s W1: 30,, 18,, 9, 6 Tray s W2: 36, 30,, 18,, 9 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" W2 U-Style Horizontal Expanding Crosses s (+) " Nominal (+) " Nominal (+) 36" Nominal (+) 48" Nominal W1 W UF( )-3036-(*)-E(+) UF( )-30-(*)-E(+) UF( )-36-(*)-E(+) UF( )-18-(*)-E(+) UF( )-1830-(*)-E(+) UF( )-1836-(*)-E(+) UF( )-18-(*)-E(+) UF( )--(*)-E(+) UF( )-30-(*)-E(+) UF( )-36-(*)-E(+) UF( )-09-(*)-E(+) UF( )-0918-(*)-E(+) UF( )-09-(*)-E(+) UF( )-0930-(*)-E(+) UF( )-0936-(*)-E(+) UF( )-0609-(*)-E(+) UF( )-06-(*)-E(+) UF( )-0618-(*)-E(+) UF( )-06-(*)-E(+) UF( )-0630-(*)-E(+) UF( )-0636-(*)-E(+) ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert radius (" 48"). Includes three pairs of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -284

luminum Tray Catalog Numbering System HF - 5-30 - 36 - L - E 36 and Side ail Side ail Depth 1 2 ottom Style Type Nominal W1 3"" W2 Selection Guide Tray s W1: 30,, 18,, 9, 6 Tray s W2: 36, 30,, 18,, 9

27 luminum Tray Catalog Numbering System HF L - E 36 and Side ail Side ail Depth 1 2 ottom Style Type Nominal W1 3"" W2 Selection Guide Tray s W1: 30,, 18,, 9, 6 Tray s W2: 36, 30,, 18,, 9 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" H-Style Horizontal Expanding Crosses s (+) " Nominal (+) " Nominal (+) 36" Nominal (+) 48" Nominal W1 W2 CT. NO HF( )-3036-(*)-E(+) HF( )-30-(*)-E(+) HF( )-36-(*)-E(+) HF( )-18-(*)-E(+) HF( )-1830-(*)-E(+) HF( )-1836-(*)-E(+) HF( )-18-(*)-E(+) HF( )--(*)-E(+) HF( )-30-(*)-E(+) HF( )-36-(*)-E(+) HF( )-09-(*)-E(+) HF( )-0918-(*)-E(+) HF( )-09-(*)-E(+) HF( )-0930-(*)-E(+) HF( )-0936-(*)-E(+) HF( )-0609-(*)-E(+) HF( )-06-(*)-E(+) HF( )-0618-(*)-E(+) HF( )-06-(*)-E(+) HF( )-0630-(*)-E(+) HF( )-0636-(*)-E(+) ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert radius (" 48"). Includes three pairs of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -285

luminum Tray Offset educer, ight W2 educer, Straight W2 Offset educer, Left Catalog Numbering System UF - 6-36 - 18 - L - HL and Side ail Side ail Depth W1 1 2 ottom Style Type W1 Selection Guide

36 30 UF( )-36-30-(*)-HL 15 7 16 UF( )-36-30-(*)-HS 13 3 4 UF( )-36-30-(*)-H 15 7 16 UF( )-36--(*)-HL 18 15 16 UF( )-36--(*)-HS 15 7 16 UF( )-36--(*)-H 18 15 16 18 UF( )-36-18-(*)-HL 22 3 8 UF(

16 6 UF( )-36-06-(*)-HL 29 5 16 UF( )-36-06-(*)-HS 20 11 16 UF( )-36-06-(*)-H 29 5 16 30 UF( )-30--(*)-HL 15 7 16 UF( )-30--(*)-HS 13 3 4 UF( )-30--(*)-H 15 7 16 18 UF( )-30-18-(*)-HL 18 15 16 UF(

UF( )-30-06-(*)-HL 25 7 8 UF( )-30-06-(*)-HS 18 15 16 UF( )-30-06-(*)-H 25 7 8 18 UF( )--18-(*)-HL 15 7 16 UF( )--18-(*)-HS 13 3 4 UF( )--18-(*)-H 15 7 16 UF( )---(*)-HL 18 15 16 UF( )---(*)-HS 15 7

28 luminum Tray Offset educer, ight W2 educer, Straight W2 Offset educer, Left Catalog Numbering System UF L - HL and Side ail Side ail Depth W1 1 2 ottom Style Type W1 Selection Guide Tray s W1: 36, 30,, 18,, 9 Tray s W2: 30,, 18,, 9, 6 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" W1 W2 U-Style Horizontal educers s LH educer Straight educer (Concentric) H educer W1 W2 Dim. Dim. Dim UF( ) (*)-HL UF( ) (*)-HS UF( ) (*)-H UF( )-36--(*)-HL UF( )-36--(*)-HS UF( )-36--(*)-H UF( ) (*)-HL UF( ) (*)-HS UF( ) (*)-H UF( )-36--(*)-HL UF( )-36--(*)-HS UF( )-36--(*)-H UF( ) (*)-HL UF( ) (*)-HS UF( ) (*)-H UF( ) (*)-HL UF( ) (*)-HS UF( ) (*)-H UF( )-30--(*)-HL UF( )-30--(*)-HS UF( )-30--(*)-H UF( ) (*)-HL UF( ) (*)-HS UF( ) (*)-H UF( )-30--(*)-HL UF( )-30--(*)-HS UF( )-30--(*)-H UF( ) (*)-HL 1 8 UF( ) (*)-HS UF( ) (*)-H UF( ) (*)-HL UF( ) (*)-HS UF( ) (*)-H UF( )--18-(*)-HL UF( )--18-(*)-HS UF( )--18-(*)-H UF( )---(*)-HL UF( )---(*)-HS UF( )---(*)-H UF( )--09-(*)-HL UF( )--09-(*)-HS UF( )--09-(*)-H UF( )--06-(*)-HL UF( )--06-(*)-HS UF( )--06-(*)-H UF( )-18--(*)-HL UF( )-18--(*)-HS UF( )-18--(*)-H UF( ) (*)-HL UF( ) (*)-HS UF( ) (*)-H UF( ) (*)-HL UF( ) (*)-HS UF( ) (*)-H UF( )--09-(*)-HL UF( )--09-(*)-HS 7 8 UF( )--09-(*)-H UF( )--06-(*)-HL UF( )--06-(*)-HS UF( )--06-(*)-H UF( ) (*)-HL UF( ) (*)-HS 7 8 UF( ) (*)-H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -286

luminum Tray Offset educer, ight W2 educer, Straight W2 Offset educer, Left Catalog Numbering System HF - 6-36 - 18 - L - HL and Side ail Side ail Depth W1 1 2 ottom Style Type W1 Selection Guide

36 30 HF( )-36-30-(*)-HL 15 7 16 HF( )-36-30-(*)-HS 13 3 4 HF( )-36-30-(*)-H 15 7 16 HF( )-36--(*)-HL 18 15 16 HF( )-36--(*)-HS 15 7 16 HF( )-36--(*)-H 18 15 16 18 HF( )-36-18-(*)-HL 22 3 8 HF(

29 luminum Tray Offset educer, ight W2 educer, Straight W2 Offset educer, Left Catalog Numbering System HF L - HL and Side ail Side ail Depth W1 1 2 ottom Style Type W1 Selection Guide Tray s W1: 36, 30,, 18,, 9 Tray s W2: 30,, 18,, 9, 6 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" W1 W2 H-Style Horizontal educers s LH educer Straight educer (Concentric) H educer W1 W2 Dim. Dim. Dim HF( ) (*)-HL HF( ) (*)-HS HF( ) (*)-H HF( )-36--(*)-HL HF( )-36--(*)-HS HF( )-36--(*)-H HF( ) (*)-HL HF( ) (*)-HS HF( ) (*)-H HF( )-36--(*)-HL HF( )-36--(*)-HS HF( )-36--(*)-H HF( ) (*)-HL HF( ) (*)-HS HF( ) (*)-H HF( ) (*)-HL HF( ) (*)-HS HF( ) (*)-H HF( )-30--(*)-HL HF( )-30--(*)-HS HF( )-30--(*)-H HF( ) (*)-HL HF( ) (*)-HS HF( ) (*)-H HF( )-30--(*)-HL HF( )-30--(*)-HS HF( )-30--(*)-H HF( ) (*)-HL 1 8 HF( ) (*)-HS HF( ) (*)-H HF( ) (*)-HL HF( ) (*)-HS HF( ) (*)-H HF( )--18-(*)-HL HF( )--18-(*)-HS HF( )--18-(*)-H HF( )---(*)-HL HF( )---(*)-HS HF( )---(*)-H HF( )--09-(*)-HL HF( )--09-(*)-HS HF( )--09-(*)-H HF( )--06-(*)-HL HF( )--06-(*)-HS HF( )--06-(*)-H HF( )-18--(*)-HL HF( )-18--(*)-HS HF( )-18--(*)-H HF( ) (*)-HL HF( ) (*)-HS HF( ) (*)-H HF( ) (*)-HL HF( ) (*)-HS HF( ) (*)-H HF( )--09-(*)-HL HF( )--09-(*)-HS 7 8 HF( )--09-(*)-H HF( )--06-(*)-HL HF( )--06-(*)-HS HF( )--06-(*)-H HF( ) (*)-HL HF( ) (*)-HS 7 8 HF( ) (*)-H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -287

luminum Tray Left-Hand Wye Catalog Numbering System UF - 6-36 - L - HL W ight-hand Wye Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 W and Side ail Side ail Depth 1 ottom Style Type ottom Styles:

6 UF-( )-06-(*)-HL UF-( )-06-(*)-H 18 5 16 14 13 16 7 16 9 UF-( )-09-(*)-HL UF-( )-09-(*)-H 22 1 2 19 15 16 15 7 16 UF-( )--(*)-HL UF-( )--(*)-H 26 3 4 25 18 7 16 18 UF-( )-18-(*)-HL UF-( )-18-(*)-H

30 luminum Tray Left-Hand Wye Catalog Numbering System UF L - HL W ight-hand Wye Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 W and Side ail Side ail Depth 1 ottom Style Type ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" U-Style 45 Horizontal Wyes Left Hand Wye Cat. No. ight Hand Wye Cat. No. dimensions x y z ( ) Insert side rail depth. 6 UF-( )-06-(*)-HL UF-( )-06-(*)-H UF-( )-09-(*)-HL UF-( )-09-(*)-H UF-( )--(*)-HL UF-( )--(*)-H UF-( )-18-(*)-HL UF-( )-18-(*)-H UF-( )--(*)-HL UF-( )--(*)-H UF-( )-30-(*)-HL UF-( )-30-(*)-H UF-( )-36-(*)-HL UF-( )-36-(*)-H (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. -288

luminum Tray Left-Hand Wye Catalog Numbering System HF - 6-36 - L - HL W ight-hand Wye Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 W and Side ail Side ail Depth 1 ottom Style Type ottom Styles:

6 HF-( )-06-(*)-HL HF-( )-06-(*)-H 18 5 16 14 13 16 7 16 9 HF-( )-09-(*)-HL HF-( )-09-(*)-H 22 1 2 19 15 16 15 7 16 HF-( )--(*)-HL HF-( )--(*)-H 26 3 4 25 18 7 16 18 HF-( )-18-(*)-HL HF-( )-18-(*)-H

31 luminum Tray Left-Hand Wye Catalog Numbering System HF L - HL W ight-hand Wye Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 W and Side ail Side ail Depth 1 ottom Style Type ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4 7 H-Style 45 Horizontal Wyes Left Hand Wye Cat. No. ight Hand Wye Cat. No. dimensions x y z ( ) Insert side rail depth. 6 HF-( )-06-(*)-HL HF-( )-06-(*)-H HF-( )-09-(*)-HL HF-( )-09-(*)-H HF-( )--(*)-HL HF-( )--(*)-H HF-( )-18-(*)-HL HF-( )-18-(*)-H HF-( )--(*)-HL HF-( )--(*)-H HF-( )-30-(*)-HL HF-( )-30-(*)-H HF-( )-36-(*)-HL HF-( )-36-(*)-H (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. -289

32 luminum Tray Outside end Catalog Numbering System UF L - VI and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type Degree 1.750" " Nominal Inside end Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 90 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" 1.750" " U-Style 90 Vertical ends Nominal (+) VO SIDE IL (+) VI SIDE IL HEIGHT HEIGHT 4" 7" 4" 5" 6" 7" Cat. No. 6 UF-( )-06-(*)-(+)90-9 UF-( )-09-(*)-(+)90- UF-( )--(*)-(+)90-18 UF-( )-18-(*)-(+) UF-( )--(*)-(+)90-30 UF-( )-30-(*)-(+)90-36 UF-( )-36-(*)-(+)90-6 UF-( )-06-(*)-(+)90-9 UF-( )-09-(*)-(+)90- UF-( )--(*)-(+)90-18 UF-( )-18-(*)-(+) UF-( )--(*)-(+)90-30 UF-( )-30-(*)-(+)90-36 UF-( )-36-(*)-(+)90-6 UF-( )-06-(*)-(+) UF-( )-09-(*)-(+)90-36 UF-( )--(*)-(+) UF-( )-18-(*)-(+) UF-( )--(*)-(+) UF-( )-30-(*)-(+) UF-( )-36-(*)-(+) UF-( )-06-(*)-(+) UF-( )-09-(*)-(+)90-48 UF-( )--(*)-(+) UF-( )-18-(*)-(+) UF-( )--(*)-(+) UF-( )-30-(*)-(+) UF-( )-36-(*)-(+)90-48 ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -290

luminum Tray Outside end Catalog Numbering System HF - 7-30 - L - VI 90-36 and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style 3" " Type Degree Nominal Inside end Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30,

)--(*)-(+)90-30 HF-( )-30-(*)-(+)90-36 HF-( )-36-(*)-(+)90-6 HF-( )-06-(*)-(+)90-9 HF-( )-09-(*)-(+)90- HF-( )--(*)-(+)90-18 HF-( )-18-(*)-(+)90-27 27 27 31 3 16 31 3 16 31 3 16 32 1 16 32 1 16 32 1

33 luminum Tray Outside end Catalog Numbering System HF L - VI and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style 3" " Type Degree Nominal Inside end Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 90 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" 3" " H-Style 90 Vertical ends Nominal (+) VO SIDE IL (+) VI SIDE IL HEIGHT HEIGHT 4" 7" 4" 5" 6" 7" Cat. No. 6 HF-( )-06-(*)-(+)90-9 HF-( )-09-(*)-(+)90- HF-( )--(*)-(+)90-18 HF-( )-18-(*)-(+) HF-( )--(*)-(+)90-30 HF-( )-30-(*)-(+)90-36 HF-( )-36-(*)-(+)90-6 HF-( )-06-(*)-(+)90-9 HF-( )-09-(*)-(+)90- HF-( )--(*)-(+)90-18 HF-( )-18-(*)-(+) HF-( )--(*)-(+)90-30 HF-( )-30-(*)-(+)90-36 HF-( )-36-(*)-(+)90-6 HF-( )-06-(*)-(+) HF-( )-09-(*)-(+)90-36 HF-( )--(*)-(+) HF-( )-18-(*)-(+) HF-( )--(*)-(+) HF-( )-30-(*)-(+) HF-( )-36-(*)-(+) HF-( )-06-(*)-(+) HF-( )-09-(*)-(+)90-48 HF-( )--(*)-(+) HF-( )-18-(*)-(+) HF-( )--(*)-(+) HF-( )-30-(*)-(+) HF-( )-36-(*)-(+)90-48 ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -291

34 luminum Tray U-Style 60 Vertical ends Nominal Outside end 1.750" " Inside end (+) VO SIDE IL (+) VI SIDE IL HEIGHT HEIGHT 4" 7" 4" 5" 6" 7" Cat. No Catalog Numbering System UF V - VO 60 - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type ngle Nominal Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 60 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" 6 UF-( )-06-(*)-(+)60-9 UF-( )-09-(*)-(+)60- UF-( )--(*)-(+)60-18 UF-( )-18-(*)-(+) UF-( )--(*)-(+)60-30 UF-( )-30-(*)-(+)60-36 UF-( )-36-(*)-(+)60-6 UF-( )-06-(*)-(+)60-9 UF-( )-09-(*)-(+)60- UF-( )--(*)-(+)60-18 UF-( )-18-(*)-(+) UF-( )--(*)-(+)60-30 UF-( )-30-(*)-(+)60-36 UF-( )-36-(*)-(+)60-6 UF-( )-06-(*)-(+) UF-( )-09-(*)-(+)60-36 UF-( )--(*)-(+) UF-( )-18-(*)-(+) UF-( )--(*)-(+) UF-( )-30-(*)-(+) UF-( )-36-(*)-(+) UF-( )-06-(*)-(+) UF-( )-09-(*)-(+)60-48 UF-( )--(*)-(+) UF-( )-18-(*)-(+) UF-( )--(*)-(+) UF-( )-30-(*)-(+) UF-( )-36-(*)-(+) " " ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. The systems are interchangeable. -292

36 48 Catalog Numbering System HF - 7-36 - V - VO 60 - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type ngle 3" " Nominal Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 60 Nominal :,, 36, 48

35 luminum Tray H-Style 60 Vertical ends Nominal Outside end Inside end (+) VO SIDE IL (+) VI SIDE IL HEIGHT HEIGHT 4" 7" 4" 5" 6" 7" Cat. No Catalog Numbering System HF V - VO 60 - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type ngle 3" " Nominal Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 60 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" 6 HF-( )-06-(*)-(+)60-9 HF-( )-09-(*)-(+)60- HF-( )--(*)-(+)60-18 HF-( )-18-(*)-(+) HF-( )--(*)-(+)60-30 HF-( )-30-(*)-(+)60-36 HF-( )-36-(*)-(+)60-6 HF-( )-06-(*)-(+)60-9 HF-( )-09-(*)-(+)60- HF-( )--(*)-(+)60-18 HF-( )-18-(*)-(+) HF-( )--(*)-(+)60-30 HF-( )-30-(*)-(+)60-36 HF-( )-36-(*)-(+)60-6 HF-( )-06-(*)-(+) HF-( )-09-(*)-(+)60-36 HF-( )--(*)-(+) HF-( )-18-(*)-(+) HF-( )--(*)-(+) HF-( )-30-(*)-(+) HF-( )-36-(*)-(+) HF-( )-06-(*)-(+) HF-( )-09-(*)-(+)60-48 HF-( )--(*)-(+) HF-( )-18-(*)-(+) HF-( )--(*)-(+) HF-( )-30-(*)-(+) HF-( )-36-(*)-(+) " " ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. The systems are interchangeable. -293

36 luminum Tray U-Style 45 Vertical ends Nominal Outside end Inside end (+) VO SIDE IL (+) VI SIDE IL HEIGHT HEIGHT 4" 7" 4" 5" 6" 7" Cat. No Catalog Numbering System UF S - VI and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type ngle 1.750" " Nominal Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 45 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" 6 UF-( )-06-(*)-(+)45-9 UF-( )-09-(*)-(+)45- UF-( )--(*)-(+)45-18 UF-( )-18-(*)-(+) UF-( )--(*)-(+)45-30 UF-( )-30-(*)-(+)45-36 UF-( )-36-(*)-(+)45-6 UF-( )-06-(*)-(+)45-9 UF-( )-09-(*)-(+)45- UF-( )--(*)-(+)45-18 UF-( )-18-(*)-(+) UF-( )--(*)-(+)45-30 UF-( )-30-(*)-(+)45-36 UF-( )-36-(*)-(+)45-6 UF-( )-06-(*)-(+) UF-( )-09-(*)-(+)45-36 UF-( )--(*)-(+) UF-( )-18-(*)-(+) UF-( )--(*)-(+) UF-( )-30-(*)-(+) UF-( )-36-(*)-(+) UF-( )-06-(*)-(+) UF-( )-09-(*)-(+)45-48 UF-( )--(*)-(+) UF-( )-18-(*)-(+) UF-( )--(*)-(+) UF-( )-30-(*)-(+) UF-( )-36-(*)-(+) " " ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -294

36 48 Catalog Numbering System HF - 5 - - S - VI 45-48 and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type ngle 3" " Nominal Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 45 Nominal :,, 36, 48

37 luminum Tray H-Style 45 Vertical ends Nominal Outside end Inside end (+) VO SIDE IL (+) VI SIDE IL HEIGHT HEIGHT 4" 7" 4" 5" 6" 7" Cat. No Catalog Numbering System HF S - VI and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type ngle 3" " Nominal Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 45 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" 6 HF-( )-06-(*)-(+)45-9 HF-( )-09-(*)-(+)45- HF-( )--(*)-(+)45-18 HF-( )-18-(*)-(+) HF-( )--(*)-(+)45-30 HF-( )-30-(*)-(+)45-36 HF-( )-36-(*)-(+)45-6 HF-( )-06-(*)-(+)45-9 HF-( )-09-(*)-(+)45- HF-( )--(*)-(+)45-18 HF-( )-18-(*)-(+) HF-( )--(*)-(+)45-30 HF-( )-30-(*)-(+)45-36 HF-( )-36-(*)-(+)45-6 HF-( )-06-(*)-(+) HF-( )-09-(*)-(+)45-36 HF-( )--(*)-(+) HF-( )-18-(*)-(+) HF-( )--(*)-(+) HF-( )-30-(*)-(+) HF-( )-36-(*)-(+) HF-( )-06-(*)-(+) HF-( )-09-(*)-(+)45-48 HF-( )--(*)-(+) HF-( )-18-(*)-(+) HF-( )--(*)-(+) HF-( )-30-(*)-(+) HF-( )-36-(*)-(+) " " ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -295

38 luminum Tray U-Style 30 Vertical ends Nominal (+) VO Side rail (+) VI Side rail Height Height 4" 7" 4" 5" 6" 7" Outside end Catalog Numbering System UF L - VO 30 - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style 6 UF( )-06-(*)-(+)30-9 UF( )-09-(*)-(+)30- UF( )--(*)-(+)30-18 UF( )-18-(*)-(+)30- UF( )--(*)-(+)30-30 UF( )-30-(*)-(+)30-36 UF( )-36-(*)-(+)30-6 UF( )-06-(*)-(+)30-9 UF( )-09-(*)-(+)30- UF( )--(*)-(+)30-18 UF( )-18-(*)-(+)30- UF( )--(*)-(+)30-30 UF( )-30-(*)-(+)30-36 UF( )-36-(*)-(+)30-6 UF( )-06-(*)-(+) UF( )-09-(*)-(+)30-36 UF( )--(*)-(+) UF( )-18-(*)-(+)30-36 UF( )--(*)-(+) UF( )-30-(*)-(+) UF( )-36-(*)-(+) UF( )-06-(*)-(+) UF( )-09-(*)-(+)30-48 UF( )--(*)-(+) UF( )-18-(*)-(+)30-48 UF( )--(*)-(+) UF( )-30-(*)-(+) UF( )-36-(*)-(+)30-48 Type Degree 1.750" " Nominal Selection Guide Inside end Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 30 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" 1.750" " ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -296

luminum Tray H-Style 30 Vertical ends Nominal (+) VO Side rail (+) VI Side rail Height Height 4" 7" 4" 5" 6" 7" 36 48 Outside end Catalog Numbering System HF - 6 - - L - VO 30 - and Side ail Side ail

)-09-(*)-(+)30- HF( )--(*)-(+)30-18 HF( )-18-(*)-(+)30- HF( )--(*)-(+)30-30 HF( )-30-(*)-(+)30-36 HF( )-36-(*)-(+)30-6 HF( )-06-(*)-(+)30-36 9 HF( )-09-(*)-(+)30-36 HF( )--(*)-(+)30-36 18 HF(

39 luminum Tray H-Style 30 Vertical ends Nominal (+) VO Side rail (+) VI Side rail Height Height 4" 7" 4" 5" 6" 7" Outside end Catalog Numbering System HF L - VO 30 - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style 6 HF( )-06-(*)-(+)30-9 HF( )-09-(*)-(+)30- HF( )--(*)-(+)30-18 HF( )-18-(*)-(+)30- HF( )--(*)-(+)30-30 HF( )-30-(*)-(+)30-36 HF( )-36-(*)-(+)30-6 HF( )-06-(*)-(+)30-9 HF( )-09-(*)-(+)30- HF( )--(*)-(+)30-18 HF( )-18-(*)-(+)30- HF( )--(*)-(+)30-30 HF( )-30-(*)-(+)30-36 HF( )-36-(*)-(+)30-6 HF( )-06-(*)-(+) HF( )-09-(*)-(+)30-36 HF( )--(*)-(+) HF( )-18-(*)-(+)30-36 HF( )--(*)-(+) HF( )-30-(*)-(+) HF( )-36-(*)-(+) HF( )-06-(*)-(+) HF( )-09-(*)-(+)30-48 HF( )--(*)-(+) HF( )-18-(*)-(+)30-48 HF( )--(*)-(+) HF( )-30-(*)-(+) HF( )-36-(*)-(+)30-48 Type Degree 3" " Nominal Selection Guide Inside end Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 30 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" " " ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -297

40 luminum Tray U-Style Up/Down Vertical Tees Nominal Side rail Height H 4" 5" 6" 7" Up Catalog Numbering System UF L - VTD - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style 1.750" " 6 UF( )-06-(*)-VTU UF( )-06-(*)-VTD 9 UF( )-09-(*)-VTU UF( )-09-(*)-VTD UF( )--(*)-VTU UF( )--(*)-VTD 18 UF( )-18-(*)-VTU UF( )-18-(*)-VTD UF( )--(*)-VTU UF( )--(*)-VTD 30 UF( )-30-(*)-VTU UF( )-30-(*)-VTD 36 UF( )-36-(*)-VTU UF( )-36-(*)-VTD 6 UF( )-06-(*)-VTU UF( )-06-(*)-VTD 9 UF( )-09-(*)-VTU UF( )-09-(*)-VTD UF( )--(*)-VTU UF( )--(*)-VTD 18 UF( )-18-(*)-VTU UF( )-18-(*)-VTD UF( )--(*)-VTU UF( )--(*)-VTD 30 UF( )-30-(*)-VTU UF( )-30-(*)-VTD 36 UF( )-36-(*)-VTU UF( )-36-(*)-VTD 6 UF( )-06-(*)-VTU36 UF( )-06-(*)-VTD36 9 UF( )-09-(*)-VTU36 UF( )-09-(*)-VTD36 UF( )--(*)-VTU36 UF( )--(*)-VTD36 18 UF( )-18-(*)-VTU36 UF( )-18-(*)-VTD36 UF( )--(*)-VTU36 UF( )--(*)-VTD36 30 UF( )-30-(*)-VTU36 UF( )-30-(*)-VTD36 36 UF( )-36-(*)-VTU36 UF( )-36-(*)-VTD36 6 UF( )-06-(*)-VTU48 UF( )-06-(*)-VTD48 9 UF( )-09-(*)-VTU48 UF( )-09-(*)-VTD48 UF( )--(*)-VTU48 UF( )--(*)-VTD48 18 UF( )-18-(*)-VTU48 UF( )-18-(*)-VTD48 UF( )--(*)-VTU48 UF( )--(*)-VTD48 30 UF( )-30-(*)-VTU48 UF( )-30-(*)-VTD48 36 UF( )-36-(*)-VTU48 UF( )-36-(*)-VTD48 H Type Nominal Selection Guide Down Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" H 1.750" " ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -298

luminum Tray H-Style Up/Down Vertical Tees Nominal Side rail Height H 4" 5" 6" 7" 36 48 Up Catalog Numbering System HF - 6 - - L - VTD - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style 6 HF( )-06-(*)-VTU HF(

)-36-(*)-VTU HF( )-36-(*)-VTD 6 HF( )-06-(*)-VTU HF( )-36-(*)-VTU HF( )-36-(*)-VTD 6 HF( )-06-(*)-VTU36 HF( )-06-(*)-VTD36 9 HF( )-09-(*)-VTU36 HF( )-09-(*)-VTD36 HF( )--(*)-VTU36 HF( )--(*)-VTD36

41 luminum Tray H-Style Up/Down Vertical Tees Nominal Side rail Height H 4" 5" 6" 7" Up Catalog Numbering System HF L - VTD - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style 6 HF( )-06-(*)-VTU HF( )-06-(*)-VTD 9 HF( )-09-(*)-VTU HF( )-09-(*)-VTD HF( )--(*)-VTU HF( )--(*)-VTD 18 HF( )-18-(*)-VTU HF( )-18-(*)-VTD HF( )--(*)-VTU HF( )--(*)-VTD 30 HF( )-30-(*)-VTU HF( )-30-(*)-VTD 36 HF( )-36-(*)-VTU HF( )-36-(*)-VTD 6 HF( )-06-(*)-VTU HF( )-06-(*)-VTD 9 HF( )-09-(*)-VTU HF( )-09-(*)-VTD HF( )--(*)-VTU HF( )--(*)-VTD 18 HF( )-18-(*)-VTU HF( )-18-(*)-VTD HF( )--(*)-VTU HF( )--(*)-VTD 30 HF( )-30-(*)-VTU HF( )-30-(*)-VTD 36 HF( )-36-(*)-VTU HF( )-36-(*)-VTD 6 HF( )-06-(*)-VTU36 HF( )-06-(*)-VTD36 9 HF( )-09-(*)-VTU36 HF( )-09-(*)-VTD36 HF( )--(*)-VTU36 HF( )--(*)-VTD36 18 HF( )-18-(*)-VTU36 HF( )-18-(*)-VTD36 HF( )--(*)-VTU36 HF( )--(*)-VTD36 30 HF( )-30-(*)-VTU36 HF( )-30-(*)-VTD36 36 HF( )-36-(*)-VTU36 HF( )-36-(*)-VTD36 6 HF( )-06-(*)-VTU48 HF( )-06-(*)-VTD48 9 HF( )-09-(*)-VTU48 HF( )-09-(*)-VTD48 HF( )--(*)-VTU48 HF( )--(*)-VTD48 18 HF( )-18-(*)-VTU48 HF( )-18-(*)-VTD48 HF( )--(*)-VTU48 HF( )--(*)-VTD48 30 HF( )-30-(*)-VTU48 HF( )-30-(*)-VTD48 36 HF( )-36-(*)-VTU48 HF( )-36-(*)-VTD48 H 3" " Type Nominal Selection Guide Down Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" H 3" " ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -299

42 luminum Tray U-Style Cable Support s Nominal Side rail Height H 4" 5" 6" 7" Catalog Numbering System UF V - CS - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type 6 UF( )-06-(*)-CS 9 UF( )-09-(*)-CS UF( )--(*)-CS 18 UF( )-18-(*)-CS UF( )--(*)-CS 30 UF( )-30-(*)-CS 36 UF( )-36-(*)-CS 6 UF( )-06-(*)-CS 9 UF( )-09-(*)-CS UF( )--(*)-CS 18 UF( )-18-(*)-CS UF( )--(*)-CS 30 UF( )-30-(*)-CS 36 UF( )-36-(*)-CS 6 UF( )-06-(*)-CS36 9 UF( )-09-(*)-CS36 UF( )--(*)-CS36 18 UF( )-18-(*)-CS36 UF( )--(*)-CS36 30 UF( )-30-(*)-CS36 36 UF( )-36-(*)-CS36 6 UF( )-06-(*)-CS48 9 UF( )-09-(*)-CS48 UF( )--(*)-CS48 18 UF( )-18-(*)-CS48 UF( )--(*)-CS48 30 UF( )-30-(*)-CS48 36 UF( )-36-(*)-CS48 Nominal Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" " " H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -300

luminum Tray H-Style Cable Support s Nominal Side rail Height H 4" 5" 6" 7" 36 48 Catalog Numbering System HF - 5 - - V - CS - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type 6 HF( )-06-(*)-CS 9 HF(

36 HF( )-36-(*)-CS 6 HF( )-06-(*)-CS36 9 HF( )-09-(*)-CS36 HF( )--(*)-CS36 18 HF( )-18-(*)-CS36 HF( )--(*)-CS36 30 HF( )-30-(*)-CS36 36 HF( )-36-(*)-CS36 6 HF( )-06-(*)-CS48 9 HF( )-09-(*)-CS48 HF(

43 luminum Tray H-Style Cable Support s Nominal Side rail Height H 4" 5" 6" 7" Catalog Numbering System HF V - CS - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type 6 HF( )-06-(*)-CS 9 HF( )-09-(*)-CS HF( )--(*)-CS 18 HF( )-18-(*)-CS HF( )--(*)-CS 30 HF( )-30-(*)-CS 36 HF( )-36-(*)-CS 6 HF( )-06-(*)-CS 9 HF( )-09-(*)-CS HF( )--(*)-CS 18 HF( )-18-(*)-CS HF( )--(*)-CS 30 HF( )-30-(*)-CS 36 HF( )-36-(*)-CS 6 HF( )-06-(*)-CS36 9 HF( )-09-(*)-CS36 HF( )--(*)-CS36 18 HF( )-18-(*)-CS36 HF( )--(*)-CS36 30 HF( )-30-(*)-CS36 36 HF( )-36-(*)-CS36 6 HF( )-06-(*)-CS48 9 HF( )-09-(*)-CS48 HF( )--(*)-CS48 18 HF( )-18-(*)-CS48 HF( )--(*)-CS48 30 HF( )-30-(*)-CS48 36 HF( )-36-(*)-CS48 Nominal Selection Guide Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 4" 7" " 3" H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -301

44 luminum Tray Tray Covers Tray covers are available for all classes of tray. They should be installed where falling objects may damage cables or where vertical tray run is accessible by pedestrian or vehicular traffic. Note: Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately. Solid Covers These covers provide maximum mechanical protection for cables with limited heat build up. Solid covers are available with or without flange. Flanged covers have 1 2" flange. Note: Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately. Ventilated Flanged Covers This design offers excellent mechanical protection while allowing heat produced by cables to dissipate. Note: Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately. Peaked Flanged Covers Peaked covers offer mechanical protection, reduce pooling of liquids on the cover and minimize accumulation of snow or ice. Peaked covers have 15 rise. Note: Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately. Covers greater than " wide available in 72" and 3m lengths only. Straight Covers W SNC - 72 W = luminum ccessory Cover Series 1 = For tray series: H04, H14 2 = For tray series: H06, H, H34, H44, H54, H25, H35, H45, H16, H26 3 = For tray series: H36, H46, H56, H66 H27, H76, H37 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " ottom Type SNC = Non-Flanged Cover SFC = Solid Flanged Cover VFC = Ventilated Flanged Cover PFC = Peaked Flanged Cover Length 72 = = ft. 3 = 3m 30 = 30" 36 = 36" -302

45 luminum Tray Covers = luminum Style UW = U-eam HW = H-eam UW - - SNC - H = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" Cover Type SNC = Solid Non-Flanged Cover SFC = Solid Flanged Cover VFC = Ventilated Flanged Cover Type H = Horizontal end VI = Vertical Inside end UW SNC - T - Degree 30 = = = = 90 = " = " 36 = 36" 48 = 48" Style 1 2 Cover Type Type * = luminum UW = U-eam HW = H-eam 06 = 6" 09 = 9" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" SNC = Solid Non-Flanged Cover SFC = Solid Flanged Cover T = Horizontal educe Tee ET = Horizontal Expand Tee = " = " = " = " VFC = Ventilated Flanged Cover E = Horizontal Expand Cross 36 = 36" 18 = 18" 18 = 18" HS = Horizontal Straight educer 48 = 48" = " = " HL = Horizontal Left educer 30 = 30" 30 = 30" H = Horizontal ight educer 36 = 36" 36 = 36" HT = Horizontal Tee H = Horizontal Cross Note: For ET and E, W2 > W1. For T, HS, HL and H, W1 > W2. * not required for HS, HL, H, H, HL. For peaked fitting covers, see pages VTU = Vertical Tee Up H = Horizontal Wye ight HL = Horizontal Wye Left UW SNC - VO 90 - = luminum Style UW = U-eam HW = H-eam Side ail Height 4" 5" 6" 7" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " Cover Type SNC = Solid Non-Flanged Cover SFC = Solid Flanged Cover VFC = Ventilated Flanged Cover Type VO = Vertical Outside end VTD = Vertical Tee Down CS = Cable Support Degree* 30 = = = 60 = " = " 36 = 36" 18 = 18" 90 = = 48" = " 30 = 30" * Not required for VTD nor for CS. 36 = 36" -303

luminum Tray Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps equired Straight Section (6 ft.) 4 pcs. Tees 6 pcs. Straight Section ( ft./3m) 6 pcs. Crosses 8 pcs. Horizontal and Vertical ends 4 pcs.

Economical Cover Clamp igid indoor cover clamp for flat and flanged covers Side rail Height W-SCC inc-plated Steel ll Sizes Cannot be used with U-Style fittings.

46 luminum Tray Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps equired Straight Section (6 ft.) 4 pcs. Tees 6 pcs. Straight Section ( ft./3m) 6 pcs. Crosses 8 pcs. Horizontal and Vertical ends 4 pcs. Notes: When using the Heavy-Duty Cover Clamp, only half the quantity of pieces are required. in catalog number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles. Economical Cover Clamp igid indoor cover clamp for flat and flanged covers Side rail Height W-SCC inc-plated Steel ll Sizes Cannot be used with U-Style fittings. Can be used with straights and H fittings only. Universal Cover Clamp igid indoor cover clamp for flat and flanged covers W(*)FCC (*) Insert side rail height 4", 5", 6" or 7". Heavy-Duty Cover Clamp Wraparound design offers added protection for rugged applications and outdoor conditions Hardware included inc-plated Steel Side rail Height W4(*)HCC 4" W5(*)HCC 5" luminum W6(*)HCC 6" W7(*)HCC 7" (*) Insert tray width 06", 09", ", 18", ", 30", 36" or 42". Extreme Heavy-Duty Cover Clamp Wraparound design offers added protection for rugged applications and outdoor conditions Hardware included Heavy-Duty Peaked Cover Clamp Wraparound design formed to fit peaked cover for outdoor applications Hardware included Side rail Height W4(*)HPC 4" W5(*)HPC 5" luminum W6(*)HPC 6" W7(*)HPC 7" (*) Insert tray width 06", 09", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". Combination Hold-Down Cover Clamp Designed to secure flat and flanged covers with holddown feature Side rail Height W-4-CCC 4" W-5-CCC 5" luminum W-6-CCC 6" W-7-CCC 7" aised Cover Clamp Designed to raise cover above tray for added ventilation Cover Series Cover Offset W(*) (+) CC inc-plated Steel 1, 2, 3 1" 2" 3" (*) Insert cover series. (+) Insert cover offset. Peaked End Cap Transition between peaked covers to straight covers W(*) PEC (*) Insert tray width 6", 9", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". Cover Side rail luminum Side rail Height W4(*)ECC 4" W5(*)ECC 5" luminum W6(*)ECC 6" W7(*)ECC 7" (*) Insert tray width 06", 09", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. Cover Joint Strip Join covers end to end W(*) SCS (*) Insert tray width 6", 9", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". Plastic -304

luminum Tray Snap-In Splice Plate Lock into place for easy alignment and installation Packaged in pairs with hardware Standard with each straight and/or fitting Side rail Height W-4-SSP 4" W-5-SSP 5"

47 luminum Tray Snap-In Splice Plate Lock into place for easy alignment and installation Packaged in pairs with hardware Standard with each straight and/or fitting Side rail Height W-4-SSP 4" W-5-SSP 5" luminum W-6-SSP 6" W-7-SSP 7" Snap-In Expansion Splice Plate Enables a 1" expansion or contraction of tray system Packaged in pairs with zinc-plated hardware Side rail Height W-4-ESP 4" W-5-ESP 5" luminum W-6-ESP 6" W-7-ESP 7" Horizontal djustable Plate Provide maximum installation flexibility Furnished in pairs with hardware For Tray s W(*)06HP 6" W(*)09HP 9" W(*)HP " W(*)18HP 18" luminum W(*)HP " W(*)30HP 30" W(*)36HP 36" W(*)42HP 42" (*) Insert side rail height. Vertical djustable Plate Provide maximum flexibility for changes in elevation Furnished in pairs with hardware Side rail Height W-4-VSP 4" W-5-VSP 5" luminum W-6-VSP 6" W-7-VSP 7" T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. ox to Tray Plates Secure tray to electrical panels or boxes, walls or end supports Furnished in pairs with hardware Side rail Height W-4-SP 4" W-5-SP 5" luminum W-6-SP 6" W-7-SP 7" Closure End Plate Provides closure for any tray end Includes hardware Side rail Height W-4(*)-CEP 4" W-5(*)-CEP 5" luminum W-6(*)-CEP 6" W-7(*)-CEP 7" (*) Insert tray width 06", 09", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". educing Splice Plate Used in pairs for a straight reduction Use with a standard splice plate for an offset reduction Side rail Height W-4(*)-SP 4" W-5(*)-SP 5" luminum W-6(*)-SP 6" W-7(*)-SP 7" (*) For offset reduction: insert width to be reduced. For straight reduction: insert 1 2 width to be reduced (two required). Example: W-403-SP = 3" offset reducer. Step-Down Splice Plate Connects side rails of different heights Hardware included Side rail Height W(*)(**)SDS luminum 4" 5" 6" 7" (*) Side rail height 1. (**) Side rail height 2. Note: Side rail height 1 is greater than side rail height

luminum Tray arrier Strips SH S Inside/Outside Vertical end arriers luminum barrier strips provide a method of separating cables in tray and trough systems Easily installed using supplied hardware

48 luminum Tray arrier Strips SH S Inside/Outside Vertical end arriers luminum barrier strips provide a method of separating cables in tray and trough systems Easily installed using supplied hardware 72" barriers are flexible for use with horizontal fittings Preformed to fit all standard aluminum vertical bends Provided with hardware Side rail Height Length W-4-SH-72 4" 72" W-5-SH-72 5" 72" W-6-SH-72 6" 72" W-7-SH-72 7" 72" W-4-S-(*) 4" 144" W-5-S-(*) 5" 3m W-6-S-(*) 6" 3m W-7-S-(*) 7" 3m (*) Insert length. Note: 72" barriers provided with three SPW10SC; 144" and 3m barriers provided with six SPW10SC. Inside end Outside end Side rail Height UW(*)VI-(**)-(+) UW(*)VO-(**)-(+) 4" UW(*)VI-(**)-(+) UW(*)VO-(**)-(+) 5" UW(*)VI-(**)-(+) UW(*)VO-(**)-(+) 6" UW(*)VI-(**)-(+) UW(*)VO-(**)-(+) 7" HW(*)VI-(**)-(+) HW(*)VO-(**)-(+) 4" HW(*)VI-(**)-(+) HW(*)VO-(**)-(+) 5" HW(*)VI-(**)-(+) HW(*)VO-(**)-(+) 6" HW(*)VI-(**)-(+) HW(*)VO-(**)-(+) 7" (*) Insert side rail height. (**) Insert bend angle. (+) Insert bend radius. arrier Strip Clamp SPW-SC inc-plated Steel SSW-SC Stainless Steel 316 arrier Strip Splice lternate mounting method for barrier strip mounting arrier strip clamps mount barrier strips to ladder rungs and ventilated bottoms Complete mounting hardware supplied lignment splice for joining connecting barrier strips W-SS Plastic T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -306

49 luminum Tray Drop-Out Wall Penetration Sleeve Designed to provide a smooth radiused surface at any position on the tray or trough bottom Easily attached using hardware provided Standard radius 4" Designed to pass through walls and fire walls Hardware included W(*)DO Description/ For ladder and ventilated tray/ luminum s of Tray 06" " 18" W(*)DOS For solid tray/luminum " 30" 36" (*) Insert width of tray. Side rail Height s of Tray W(*)(**)WPS luminum 4" 06" 5" 09" 6" " 7" 18" " 30" 36" (*) Insert side rail height. (**) Insert width of tray. Note: Not fire rated. Fire stop not included. Frame Type Tray to ox Plate Designed to secure tray to electrical enclosures and panels Hardware included Side rail Heights s of Tray W(*)(**)FP luminum 4" 06" 5" 09" 6" " 7" 18" " 30" 36" (*) Insert side rail height. (**) Insert width of tray. Nylon Expansion Pad llows for thermal expansion and contraction of cable trays over supports W-NSP Natural Nylon T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -307

luminum Tray Standard Hold-Down Clamp Designed for most indoor installations Easy to use and install Order 3 8" hardware separately SPW-SHC SSW-SHC Combination Hold-Down/ Expansion Guide Clamp W-HECC

50 luminum Tray Standard Hold-Down Clamp Designed for most indoor installations Easy to use and install Order 3 8" hardware separately SPW-SHC SSW-SHC Combination Hold-Down/ Expansion Guide Clamp W-HECC Note: Order 3 8" hardware separately. inc-plated Steel 316 Stainless luminum Hold-down clamp Expansion guide luminum Tray Hardware Description SPW-1/4-C inc-plated Steel 1 4" Carriage olt SPW-3/8-C inc-plated Steel 3 8" Carriage olt SPW-1/4-HN inc-plated Steel 1 4" Hex Nut SPW-3/8-HN inc-plated Steel 3 8" Hex Nut SSW-1/4-cb 316 Stainless 1 4" Carriage olt SSW-1/4-hn 316 Stainless 1 4" Hex Nut SSW-3/8-C 316 Stainless 3 8" Carriage olt SSW-3/8-HN 316 Stainless 3 8" Hex Nut SSW-3/8-HWK* 316 Stainless 316 Stainless Steel Hardware Kit * Contains eight bolts, eight nuts and eight lockwashers. Square shoulder selfpositioning carriage bolt. Self-Drilling Tapping Screw Description SPW-10-SC inc-plated Steel Self-Drilling Tapping Screw T& aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable. -308

luminum Tray Cable Tray Guide Expansion guide for single or double runs of cable tray No need

Clamp Clamps for single run of cable tray No need to field drill the channel or I-beam SPW-CTC

51 luminum Tray Cable Tray Guide Expansion guide for single or double runs of cable tray No need to field drill of channel or I-beam SPW-CTG inc-plated Steel SHW-CTG Steel Hot Dip Cable Tray Clamp Clamps for single run of cable tray No need to field drill the channel or I-beam SPW-CTC inc-plated Steel SHW-CTC Steel Hot Dip Vertical Tray Hanger Side rail Height W(*)VTH luminum 4" 5" 6" 7" * Insert side rail height. Hold-Down Clamp Designed to secure cable tray to support system Hardware included Side rail Height W(*)HDC luminum 4" 5" 6" 7" (*) Insert side rail height. -309

52 Steel Tray 3 5 8" Straight Sections Series 1-3 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough Support Span Series SP = Pre-Galvanized SH = Hot-Dip Galvanized after Fabrication SS = Stainless Steel 316 Series 1 = Series 1 feet sp1-3 Load (lb./ft.) sh1-3 Deflection () ss1-3 Deflection Factor SH 1 3 L09-3 Side ail Height 3 = 3 5 8" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36"... Specifications... NEM ating ll: CS ll: C/3M ottom Type L06 = 6" ung Spacing L09 = 9" ung Spacing L = " ung Spacing V = Ventilated* S = Solid Trough UL Cross Sectional rea ll:.40 2 Length 3 = 3m 144 = ft. Side ail Design Factors, 1 Pair ll: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: * For load ratings of CS Class C/NEM C or less, please see an alternative ventilated series of cable tray on pages " Straight Sections Series 1-4, 3-4 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough SH 3 4 L SP = Pre-Galvanized SH = Hot-Dip Galvanized after Fabrication SS = Stainless Steel 316 Series 1 = Series 1 3 = Series 3 Side ail Height 4 = 4" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type L06 = 6" ung Spacing L09 = 9" ung Spacing L = " ung Spacing V = Ventilated** S = Solid Trough Length* 3 = 3m 6 = 6m 144 = ft. 288 = ft. Support Span Series Feet sp1-4 Load (lb./ft.) sh1-4 Deflection () ss1-4 Deflection Factor sp3-4 Load (lb./ft.) sh3-4 Deflection () ss3-4 Deflection Factor Specifications... NEM ating SP1-4, SH1-4, SS1-4: C; SP3-4, SH3-4, SS3-4: 20 CS SP1-4, SH1-4, SS1-4: D/3M; SP3-4, SH3-4, SS3-4: D/6M UL Cross Sectional rea ll:.70 2 Side ail Design Factors, 1 Pair SP1-4, SH1-4, SS1-4: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; SP3-4, SH3-4, SS3-4: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: * Series 1-4 not available in 6m or ft. lengths. ** For load ratings of CS Class C/NEM C or less, please see an alternative ventilated series of cable tray on pages

53 Steel Tray 5" Straight Sections Series 2-5, 4-5, 5-5 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough Support Span Series SP = Pre-Galvanized SH = Hot-Dip Galvanized after Fabrication SS = Stainless Steel 316 Series 2 = Series 2 4 = Series 4 5 = Series 5 feet sp2-5 Load (lb./ft.) sh2-5 Deflection () ss2-5 Deflection Factor sp4-5 Load (lb./ft.) sh4-5 Deflection () ss4-5 Deflection Factor sp5-5 Load (lb./ft.) sh5-5 Deflection () ss5-5* Deflection Factor SH 2 5 L Side ail Height 5 = 5" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type L06 = 6" ung Spacing L09 = 9" ung Spacing L = " ung Spacing V = Ventilated S = Solid Trough Length 3 = 3m 6 = 6m 144 = ft. 288 = ft.... Specifications... NEM ating SP2-5, SH2-5, SS2-5: 20; SP4-5, SH4-5, SS4-5: 20; SP5-5, SH5-5, SS5-5: 20C CS SP2-5, SH2-5, SS2-5: D/6M; SP4-5, SH4-5, SS4-5: E/6M UL Cross Sectional rea SP2-5, SH2-5, SS2-5:.70 2 ; ll others: Side ail Design Factors, 1 Pair SP2-5, SH2-5, SS2-5: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; SP4-5, SH4-5, SS4-5: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; SP5-5, SH5-5, SS5-5: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: " Straight Sections Series 1-6, 3-6, 4-6 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough SH 3 6 L - 6 Support Span Series SP = Pre-Galvanized SH = Hot-Dip Galvanized after Fabrication SS = Stainless Steel 316 Series 1 = Series 1 3 = Series 3 4 = Series 4 feet Side ail Height 6 = 6" sp1-6 Load (lb./ft.) sh1-6 Deflection () ss1-6 Deflection Factor sp3-6 Load (lb./ft.) sh3-6 Deflection () ss3-6 Deflection Factor sp4-6 Load (lb./ft.) sh4-6 Deflection () ss4-6** Deflection Factor = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type L06 = 6" ung Spacing L09 = 9" ung Spacing L = " ung Spacing V = Ventilated* S = Solid Trough Length 3 = 3m 6 = 6m 144 = ft. 288 = ft.... Specifications... NEM ating SP1-6, SH1-6, SS1-6: 20; SP3-6, SH3-6, SS3-6: 20; SP4-6, SH4-6, SS4-6: 20C CS SP1-6, SH1-6, SS1-6: D/6M; SP3-6, SH3-6, SS3-6: E/6M UL Cross Sectional rea SP1-6, SH1-6, SS1-6:.70 2 ; ll others: Side ail Design Factors, 1 Pair SP1-6, SH1-6, SS1-6: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; SP3-6, SH3-6, SS3-6: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; SP4-6, SH4-6, SS4-6: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: * For load ratings of CS Class C/NEM C or less, please see an alternative ventilated series of cable tray on pages

54 Steel Tray 7" Straight Sections, Series 3-7 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough Support Span SP = Pre-Galvanized SH = Hot-Dip Galvanized after Fabrication SS = Stainless Steel 316 Series 3 = Series 3 Side ail Height 7 = 7" feet Series sp3-7 Load (lb./ft.) sh3-7 Deflection () ss3-7 Deflection Factor SH 3 7 L = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type L06 = 6" ung Spacing L09 = 9" ung Spacing L = " ung Spacing V = Ventilated S = Solid Trough Length 3 = 3m 6 = 6m 144 = ft. 288 = ft....specifications... NEM ating ll: 20C UL Cross Sectional rea ll: Side ail Design Factors, 1 Pair ll: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: Number Selection SHF 6 L VO 90 SPF = Pre-Galvanized s SHF = Hot-Dip Galvanized s SSF = Stainless Steel 316 Side ail Depth 3 = 3 5 8" 4 = 4" 5 = 5" 6 = 6" 7 = 7" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" * Manufactured with 9" rung spacing measured at the center line of fitting. ** Manufactured with 4" edge-to-edge rung spacing measured at the center line of fitting. *** Manufactured with flat sheet inserted under rungs with 9" rung spacing measured at the center line of fitting. **** ngle is required for H, VI, VO only. is not required for the following Types: H, HL, HL, H, HS. ottom Type L = Ladder* V = Ventilated** S = Solid Trough*** Type H = Horizontal end HT = Horizontal Tee H = Horizontal Cross VI = Vertical Inside end VO = Vertical Outside end VTD = Vertical Tee Down VTU = Vertical Tee Up H = Horizontal Wye ight HL = Horizontal Wye Left T = Horizontal educing Tee ET = Horizontal Expanding Tee E = Horiz. Expand Cross HL = Horizontal Left educer HS = Horizontal Straight educer H = Horizontal ight educer CS = Cable Support ngle**** 30 = = = = 90 Nominal = " = " 36 = 36" 48 = 48" -3

55 Steel Tray 90 Horizontal end NOMINL DIUS 90 Horizontal end Dimensions WIDTH Cat. NO Catalog Numbering System SHF L - H 60 - Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF Side ail Depth ottom Style Type 6 Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )-09-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H90-30 Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )-09-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )-09-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )-09-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Horizontal end NOMINL DIUS ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. ngle Nominal "3" Selection Guide 60 Horizontal end Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" Dimensions WIDTH Cat. NO Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )-09-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )-09-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )-09-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )-09-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H " 3" -313

Steel Tray 45 Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions 36 48 Catalog Numbering System SHF - 4 - - L - H 45 - Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF Side ail Depth ottom Style 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H45-13 5 8 5 5 8 8 9 Prefi-(

56 Steel Tray 45 Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions Catalog Numbering System SHF L - H 45 - Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF Side ail Depth ottom Style 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-09-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-09-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-09-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-09-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H " " Type ngle Nominal Selection Guide Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 45, 30 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" 30 Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-09-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-09-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-09-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-09-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H " ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -314

Steel Tray Horizontal Tees Nominal 36 48 Catalog Numbering System SHF - 4 - - L - HT Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF Side ail Depth ottom Style Dimensions 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-HT 15 30 9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-HT 16 1

57 Steel Tray Horizontal Tees Nominal Catalog Numbering System SHF L - HT Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF Side ail Depth ottom Style Dimensions 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-HT Prefi-( )-09-(*)-HT Prefi-( )--(*)-HT Prefi-( )-18-(*)-HT Prefi-( )--(*)-HT Prefi-( )-30-(*)-HT Prefi-( )-36-(*)-HT Prefi-( )-06-(*)-HT Prefi-( )-09-(*)-HT Prefi-( )--(*)-HT Prefi-( )-18-(*)-HT Prefi-( )--(*)-HT Prefi-( )-30-(*)-HT Prefi-( )-36-(*)-HT Prefi-( )-06-(*)-HT Prefi-( )-09-(*)-HT Prefi-( )--(*)-HT Prefi-( )-18-(*)-HT Prefi-( )--(*)-HT Prefi-( )-30-(*)-HT Prefi-( )-36-(*)-HT Prefi-( )-06-(*)-HT Prefi-( )-09-(*)-HT Prefi-( )--(*)-HT Prefi-( )-18-(*)-HT Prefi-( )--(*)-HT Prefi-( )-30-(*)-HT Prefi-( )-36-(*)-HT W Type Nominal 3" Selection Guide Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 45, 30 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" Horizontal Crosses Nominal dimensions Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-09-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-09-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-09-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-09-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H W 3" ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Tees include two pairs/crosses include three pairs of splice plates with hardware. -315

58 Steel Tray Catalog Numbering System shf L - T Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF Side 1 ail 2 Depth ottom Style Type Nominal W1 W2 3" Selection Guide Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Tray s W1: 36, 30,, 18,, 9 Tray s W2: 30,, 18,, 9, 6 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" " Horizontal educing Tees s (+) " Nominal (+) " Nominal (+) 36" Nominal (+) 48" Nominal W1 W2 30 Prefi-( )-3630-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-3618-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-3609-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-3606-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-3018-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-3009-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-3006-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-09-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-1809-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-1806-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-09-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-0906-(*)-T(+) ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert radius (" 48"). Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. -316

59 Steel Tray Catalog Numbering System shf L - ET Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF Side 1 ail 2 Depth ottom Style Type Nominal W1 W2 Selection Guide Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Tray s W1: 36, 30,, 18,, 9 Tray s W2: 30,, 18,, 9, 6 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" " 3" Horizontal Expanding Tees s (+) " Nominal (+) " Nominal (+) 36" Nominal (+) 48" Nominal W1 W Prefi-( )-3036-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-1830-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-1836-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-09-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-0918-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-09-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-0930-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-0936-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-0609-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-0618-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-0630-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-0636-(*)-ET(+) ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert radius (" 48"). Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. -317

60 Steel Tray Catalog Numbering System shf V - E Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF Side 1 ail 2 Depth ottom Style Type Nominal " 3" W1 W2 Selection Guide Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Tray s W1: 30,, 18,, 9, 6 Tray s W2: 36, 30,, 18,, 9 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" Horizontal Expanding Crosses s (+) " Nominal (+) " Nominal (+) 36" Nominal (+) 48" Nominal W1 W Prefi-( )-3036-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-1830-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-1836-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-09-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-0918-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-09-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-0930-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-0936-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-0609-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-0618-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-0630-(*)-E(+) Prefi-( )-0636-(*)-E(+) ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert radius (" 48"). Includes three pairs of splice plates with hardware. -318

61 Steel Tray 90 Vertical ends Outside end Catalog Numbering System shf L - Vi 90 - Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF Side 1 ail Depth ottom Style Type ngle Nominal Selection Guide Inside end Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 90 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" (+) VO Side rail (+) VI Side rail Height Nominal Height 3 1 2" 7" 3 1 2" 4" 5" 6" 7" 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)90-9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-(+)90- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)90-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)90-30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+)90-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)90-6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)90-9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-(+)90- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)90-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)90-30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+)90-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)90-6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-09-(*)-(+)90-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-09-(*)-(+)90-48 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)90-48 ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -319

Steel Tray Outside end Catalog Numbering System shf - 4 - - L - Vi 60 - Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF 60 Vertical ends Side ail Depth 1 ottom Style Type ngle Nominal Selection Guide Inside end Prefix: SPF

62 Steel Tray Outside end Catalog Numbering System shf L - Vi 60 - Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF 60 Vertical ends Side ail Depth 1 ottom Style Type ngle Nominal Selection Guide Inside end Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 60 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" (+) VO Side rail (+) VI Side rail Height Nominal Height 3 1 2" 7" 3 1 2" 4" 5" 6" 7" 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)60-9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-(+)60- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)60-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+) , , Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)60-30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+)60-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)60-6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)60-9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-(+)60- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)60-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)60-30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+)60-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)60-6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-09-(*)-(+)60-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-09-(*)-(+)60-48 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)60-48 ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -320

Steel Tray 45 Vertical ends Nominal Outside end Inside end (+) VO Side rail (+) VI Side rail Height Height 3 1 2" 7" 3 1 2" 4" 5" 6" 7" 36 48 Catalog Numbering System shf - 4 - - L - Vi 45 - Prefix

), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 45 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" 6 Prefi-(

63 Steel Tray 45 Vertical ends Nominal Outside end Inside end (+) VO Side rail (+) VI Side rail Height Height 3 1 2" 7" 3 1 2" 4" 5" 6" 7" Catalog Numbering System shf L - Vi 45 - Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF Side ail Depth 1 ottom Style Type ngle Nominal Selection Guide Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 45 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)45-9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-(+)45- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)45-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)45-30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+)45-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)45-6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)45-9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-(+)45- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)45-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)45-30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+)45-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)45-6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-09-(*)-(+)45-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-09-(*)-(+)45-48 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)45-48 ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -321

64 Steel Tray Outside end Catalog Numbering System shf L - Vi 30 - Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF 30 Vertical ends Side ail Depth 1 ottom Style Type ngle Nominal Selection Guide Inside end Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 30 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" NOMINL (+) VO Side rail (+) VI Side rail Height DIUS Height 3 1 2" 7" 3 1 2" 4" 5" 6" 7" WIDTH Cat. NO. 6 Prefix-( )-06-(*)-(+)30-9 Prefix-( )-09-(*)-(+)30- Prefix-( )--(*)-(+)30-18 Prefix-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefix-( )--(*)-(+)30-30 Prefix-( )-30-(*)-(+)30-36 Prefix-( )-36-(*)-(+)30-6 Prefix-( )-06-(*)-(+)30-9 Prefix-( )-09-(*)-(+)30- Prefix-( )--(*)-(+)30-18 Prefix-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefix-( )--(*)-(+)30-30 Prefix-( )-30-(*)-(+)30-36 Prefix-( )-36-(*)-(+)30-6 Prefix-( )-06-(*)-(+) Prefix-( )-09-(*)-(+)30-36 Prefix-( )--(*)-(+) Prefix-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefix-( )--(*)-(+) Prefix-( )-30-(*)-(+) Prefix-( )-36-(*)-(+) Prefix-( )-06-(*)-(+) Prefix-( )-09-(*)-(+)30-48 Prefix-( )--(*)-(+) Prefix-( )-18-(*)-(+) Prefix-( )--(*)-(+) Prefix-( )-30-(*)-(+) Prefix-( )-36-(*)-(+)30-48 ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -322

65 Steel Tray ight-hand educer Catalog Numbering System shf L HL Prefix SPF, SHF, SSF W2 Side ail Depth W1 1 2 ottom Style Type Straight educer W1 W2 Selection Guide Left-Hand educer Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Tray s W1: 36, 30,, 18,, 9 Tray s W2: 30,, 18,, 9, 6 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" W1 W2 Horizontal educers s LEFT-HND educer Straight educer (Concentric) IGHT-HND educer W1 W2 CT. NO. Dim. CT. NO. Dim. CT. NO. Dim Prefix( ) (*)-HL Prefix( ) (*)-HS Prefix( ) (*)-H Prefix( )-36--(*)-HL Prefix( )-36--(*)-HS Prefix( )-36--(*)-H Prefix( ) (*)-HL Prefix( ) (*)-HS Prefix( ) (*)-H Prefix( )-36--(*)-HL Prefix( )-36--(*)-HS Prefix( )-36--(*)-H Prefix( ) (*)-HL Prefix( ) (*)-HS Prefix( ) (*)-H Prefix( ) (*)-HL Prefix( ) (*)-HS Prefix( ) (*)-H Prefix( )-30--(*)-HL Prefix( )-30--(*)-HS Prefix( )-30--(*)-H Prefix( ) (*)-HL Prefix( ) (*)-HS Prefix( ) (*)-H Prefix( )-30--(*)-HL Prefix( )-30--(*)-HS Prefix( )-30--(*)-H Prefix( ) (*)-HL 1 8 Prefix( ) (*)-HS Prefix( ) (*)-H Prefix( ) (*)-HL Prefix( ) (*)-HS Prefix( ) (*)-H Prefix( )--18-(*)-HL Prefix( )--18-(*)-HS Prefix( )--18-(*)-H Prefix( )---(*)-HL Prefix( )---(*)-HS Prefix( )---(*)-H Prefix( )--09-(*)-HL Prefix( )--09-(*)-HS Prefix( )--09-(*)-H Prefix( )--06-(*)-HL Prefix( )--06-(*)-HS Prefix( )--06-(*)-H Prefix( )-18--(*)-HL Prefix( )-18--(*)-HS Prefix( )-18--(*)-H Prefix( ) (*)-HL Prefix( ) (*)-HS Prefix( ) (*)-H Prefix( ) (*)-HL Prefix( ) (*)-HS Prefix( ) (*)-H Prefix( )--09-(*)-HL Prefix( )--09-(*)-HS 7 8 Prefix( )--09-(*)-H Prefix( )--06-(*)-HL Prefix( )--06-(*)-HS Prefix( )--06-(*)-H Prefix( ) (*)-HL Prefix( ) (*)-HS 7 8 Prefix( ) (*)-H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -323

66 Steel Tray Left-Hand Wye Catalog Numbering System shf l - HL SPF, SHF, SSF Side ail Depth 1 ottom Style Type W ight-hand Wye Selection Guide Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" W 45 Horizontal Wyes Left Hand Wye ight Hand Wye Dimensions 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-HL Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-09-(*)-HL Prefi-( )-09-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-HL Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-HL Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-HL Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-HL Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-HL Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. -3

Steel Tray Up Catalog Numbering System shf - 4 - - L - VTD - SPF, SHF, SSF Side ail Depth Up and Down Vertical Tees ottom Style H Type Nominal Selection Guide Down Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.

67 Steel Tray Up Catalog Numbering System shf L - VTD - SPF, SHF, SSF Side ail Depth Up and Down Vertical Tees ottom Style H Type Nominal Selection Guide Down Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" Side rail Height H Nominal Vertical Vertical Tee Up Tee Down 3 1 2" 4" 5" 6" 7" 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )-06-(*)-VTD- 9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )-09-(*)-VTD- Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )--(*)-VTD- 18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )-18-(*)-VTD Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )--(*)-VTD- 30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )-30-(*)-VTD- 36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )-36-(*)-VTD- 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )-06-(*)-VTD- 9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )-09-(*)-VTD- Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )--(*)-VTD- 18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )-18-(*)-VTD Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )--(*)-VTD- 30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )-30-(*)-VTD- 36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-VTU- Prefi-( )-36-(*)-VTD- 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-VTU-36 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-VTD-36 9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-VTU-36 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-VTD-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-VTD Prefi-( )-18-(*)-VTU-36 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-VTD-36 N N Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-VTD Prefi-( )-30-(*)-VTU-36 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-VTD Prefi-( )-36-(*)-VTU-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-VTD-36 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-VTU-48 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-VTD-48 9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-VTU-48 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-VTD-48 Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU-48 Prefi-( )--(*)-VTD Prefi-( )-18-(*)-VTU-48 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-VTD-48 N N Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU-48 Prefi-( )--(*)-VTD Prefi-( )-30-(*)-VTU-48 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-VTD Prefi-( )-36-(*)-VTU-48 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-VTD-48 H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. -325

68 Steel Tray Cable Support s Nominal Siderail Height H 3 7 8" 4" 5" 6" 7" Catalog Numbering System SHF L - CS - and Side ail Side ail Depth ottom Style Type 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-CS- 9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-CS- Prefi-( )--(*)-CS- 18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-CS- Prefi-( )--(*)-CS- 30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-CS- 36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-CS- 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-CS- 9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-CS- Prefi-( )--(*)-CS- 18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-CS- Prefi-( )--(*)-CS- 30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-CS- 36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-CS- 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-CS-36 9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-CS-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-CS Prefi-( )-18-(*)-CS-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-CS Prefi-( )-30-(*)-CS Prefi-( )-36-(*)-CS-36 6 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-CS-48 9 Prefi-( )-09-(*)-CS-48 Prefi-( )--(*)-CS Prefi-( )-18-(*)-CS-48 Prefi-( )--(*)-CS Prefi-( )-30-(*)-CS Prefi-( )-36-(*)-CS-48 Nominal Selection Guide Prefix: SPF (Pre-Galv.), SHF (Hot Dip), SSF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 3", 4", 5", 6", 7" H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. -326

69 Steel Tray Tray Covers Tray covers are available for all classes of tray. They should be installed where falling objects may damage cables or where vertical tray run is accessible by pedestrian or vehicular traffic. Outside cable tray runs should be covered with a Peaked Flanged cover to protect cable from the elements and excess build up of snow and ice. Solid Covers These covers provide maximum mechanical protection for cables with limited heat build up. Solid covers are available with or without flange. Flanged covers have 1 2" flange. Note: Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately. Ventilated Flanged Covers This design offers excellent mechanical protection while allowing heat produced by cables to dissipate. Solid Flanged Solid Non-Flanged Note: Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately. Peaked Flanged Covers Ventilated Flanged Peaked covers offer mechanical protection plus prevent accumulation of liquid on the cover. Peaked covers have 15 rise at the peak. Covers greater than " wide available in 72" and 3m lengths only. Note: Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately. Straight Covers SPW SNC 3 Peaked Flanged Prefix SPW = Pre-Galvanized SHW = Hot-Dip Galvanized* SSW = Stainless Steel = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" Type SNC = Solid Non-Flanged Cover SFC = Solid Flanged Cover VFC = Ventilated Flanged Cover PFC = Peaked Flanged Cover** Length 72 = = ft. 3 = 3m * Hot-Dipped Covers only available in 72" and 1500mm lengths. ** Peaked covers greater than " wide available in 72" and 3m lengths only. -327

70 Steel Tray Covers Prefix SPW = Pre-Galvanized SHW = Hot-Dip Galvanized SSW = Stainless Steel 316 * equired for H and VI only. 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" SPW SNC H 90 Cover Type SNC = Solid Non-Flanged Cover SFC = Solid Flanged Cover VFC = Ventilated Flanged Cover Type H = Horizontal end HT = Horizontal Tee H = Horizontal Cross VI = Vertical Inside end VTU = Vertical Tee Down H = Horizontal Wye ight HL = Horizontal Wye Left SPW 18 SNC T Degree* 30 = = = = 90 = " = " 36 = 36" 48 = 48" Prefix SPW = Pre-Galvanized SHW = Hot-Dip Galvanized SSW = Stainless Steel = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" 2 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" Cover Type SNC = Solid Non-Flanged Cover SFC = Solid Flanged Cover VFC = Ventilated Flanged Cover Type H = Horizontal end HT = Horizontal Tee H = Horizontal Cross VI = Vertical Inside end VTU = Vertical Tee Down H = Horizontal Wye ight HL = Horizontal Wye Left * = " = " 36 = 36" 48 = 48" * not required for HS, HL, H. SPW 4 SNC VO 90 Prefix SPW = Pre-Galvanized SHW = Hot-Dip Galvanized SSW = Stainless Steel 316 * equired for VO only. Side ail Height 3 = 3 5 8" 4 = 4" 5 = 5" 6 = 6" 7 = 7" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" Cover Type SNC = Solid Non-Flanged Cover SFC = Solid Flanged Cover VFC = Ventilated Flanged Cover Type VO = Vertical Outside end VTD = Vertical Tee Down CS = Cable Support Degree* 30 = = = = 90 = " = " 36 = 36" 48 = 48" -328

Steel Tray Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps equired Straight Section (6 ft.) Straight Section ( ft.) Horizontal and Vertical ends Tees Crosses 4 pcs. 6 pcs. 4 pcs. 6 pcs. 8 pcs.

aised Cover Clamp Designed to raise cover above tray for added ventilation Peaked End Cap Used for transition between peaked covers to straight covers Cover Siderail SPW(+)CC Pre-Galvanized SSW(+)CC

Combination Hold-Down Cover Clamp Designed to secure flat and flanged covers with hold down feature Cover Clamp igid indoor cover clamp for flat and flanged covers SPW-(*)-SCC Pre-Galvanized

Heavy-Duty Cover Clamp Wrap-around design offers added protection Hardware included Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) or Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-(*)-HCC 3"

71 Steel Tray Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps equired Straight Section (6 ft.) Straight Section ( ft.) Horizontal and Vertical ends Tees Crosses 4 pcs. 6 pcs. 4 pcs. 6 pcs. 8 pcs. Note: When using the Heavy-Duty Cover Clamp, only half the quantity of pieces are required. aised Cover Clamp Designed to raise cover above tray for added ventilation Peaked End Cap Used for transition between peaked covers to straight covers Cover Siderail SPW(+)CC Pre-Galvanized SSW(+)CC Stainless Steel 316 (+) Insert cover offset: 1", 2" or 3". SPW(*)PEC Pre-Galvanized SHW(*)PEC Hot-Dip Galvanized SSW(*)PEC Stainless Steel 316 (*) Insert tray width: 06", 09", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". Combination Hold-Down Cover Clamp Designed to secure flat and flanged covers with hold down feature Cover Clamp igid indoor cover clamp for flat and flanged covers SPW-(*)-SCC Pre-Galvanized SSW-(*)-SCC Stainless Steel 316 (*) Insert side rail height: 3", 4", 5", 6" or 7". Heavy-Duty Cover Clamp Wrap-around design offers added protection Hardware included Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) or Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-(*)-HCC 3" (Prefix)-4-(*)-HCC 4" (Prefix)-5-(*)-HCC 5" (Prefix)-6-(*)-HCC 6" (Prefix)-7-(*)-HCC 7" (*) Insert tray width: 06", 09", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". Heavy-Duty Peaked Cover Clamp Fits peaked cover for outdoor applications Hardware included Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) or Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-(*)-HPC 3" (Prefix)-4-(*)-HPC 4" (Prefix)-5-(*)-HPC 5" (Prefix)-6-(*)-HPC 6" (Prefix)-7-(*)-HPC 7" (*) Insert tray width: 06", 09", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". Cover Joint Strip Strip used for joining covers end to end SPW-(*)-CCC Pre-Galvanized SSW-(*)-CCC Stainless Steel 316 (*) Insert side rail height: 3", 4", 5", 6" or 7". SPW-(*)-SCS (*) Insert tray width: 06", 09", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". Note: is plastic. Pre-Galvanized -329

72 Steel Tray Splice Plate Packaged in pairs with zinc-plated hardware vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-SSP 3" (Prefix)-4-SSP 4" (Prefix)-5-SSP 5" (Prefix)-6-SSP 6" (Prefix)-7-SSP 7" Expansion Splice Plate Enables 1" expansion or contraction of tray system Packaged in pairs with hardware vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) CT. NO. SIDE IL HEIGHT (Prefix)-3-ESP 3" (Prefix)-4-ESP 4" (Prefix)-5-ESP 5" (Prefix)-6-ESP 6" (Prefix)-7-ESP 7" Step-Down Splice Plate Connects side rails of different heights Hardware included CT. NO. (Prefix)-(*)-(**)-SDS (*) Insert side rail height 1. (**) Insert side rail height 2. Note: Side rail height 1 is greater than side rail height 2. Horizontal djustable Plate djustable hinge plates provide maximum horizontal installation flexibility Furnished in pairs with hardware vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) MTEIL PEFI SPW SHW SSW CT. NO. For Tray s (Prefix)-(*)06HP 6" (Prefix)-(*)09HP 9" (Prefix)-(*)HP " (Prefix)-(*)18HP 18" (Prefix)-(*)HP " (Prefix)-(*)30HP 30" (Prefix)-(*)36HP 36" (Prefix)-(*)42HP 42" (*) Insert side rail height. Vertical djustable Plate Provide maximum flexibility for changes in elevation Packaged in pairs with hardware vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-VSP 3" (Prefix)-4-VSP 4" (Prefix)-5-VSP 5" (Prefix)-6-VSP 6" (Prefix)-7-VSP 7" ox to Tray Plates Secure tray to electrical panels or boxes, walls or end supports Packaged in pairs with hardware vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-SP 3" (Prefix)-4-SP 4" (Prefix)-5-SP 5" (Prefix)-6-SP 6" (Prefix)-7-SP 7" Closure End Plate Provides closure for any tray end Hardware included vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-(*)-CEP 3" (Prefix)-4-(*)-CEP 4" (Prefix)-5-(*)-CEP 5" (Prefix)-6-(*)-CEP 6" (Prefix)-7-(*)-CEP 7" * Insert tray width. educing Splice Plate Used in pairs to provide a straight reduction or used with a Standard Splice Plate for an offset reduction One per package with hardware vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-(*)-SP 3" (Prefix)-4-(*)-SP 4" (Prefix)-5-(*)-SP 5" (Prefix)-6-(*)-SP 6" (Prefix)-7-(*)-SP 7" * For offset reduction: Insert width to be reduced. For straight reduction: Insert 1 2 width to be reduced (two required). Example: SPW-5-03-SP = 3" offset reducer. -330

73 Steel Tray Standard Hold-Down Clamp Designed for most indoor installations Easy to use and install Order 1 4" hardware separately (Prefix)-SHC (Prefix)-SHC-HDW Note: HDW = Supplied complete with 1 4" hardware. Combination Hold-Down/ Expansion Clamp (prefix)-hec Hold-Down Clamp vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Prefix SPW SSW SPW SSW Prefix SPW SHW SSW Self-Drilling Tapping Screw SPW-10-SC Cable Tray Guide Expansion guide for single or double runs of cable tray No need to field drill channel or I-beam SPW-CTG SHW-CTG SSW-CTG Cable Tray Clamp Clamps for single run of cable tray No need to field drill channel or I-beam inc-plated Steel inc-plated Steel Steel Hot Dip Stainless Steel Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-HDC 3" (Prefix)-4-HDC 4" (Prefix)-5-HDC 5" (Prefix)-6-HDC 6" (Prefix)-7-HDC 7" Note: Hardware included. Steel Tray Hardware Square shoulder self-positioning carriage bolt SPW-CTC SHW-CTC SSW-CTC Vertical Tray Hanger inc-plated Steel Steel Hot Dip Stainless Steel Description SPW-1/4-C 1 4" Carriage olt inc-plated Steel SPW-3/8-C 3 8" Carriage olt inc-plated Steel SPW-1/4-HN 1 4" Hex Nut inc-plated Steel SPW-3/8-HN 3 8" Hex Nut inc-plated Steel SSW-1/4-C 1 4" Carriage olt 316 Stainless SSw-1/4-HN 1 4" Hex Nut 316 Stainless SSW-3/8-C 3 8" Carriage olt 316 Stainless SSW-3/8-HN 3 8" Hex Nut 316 Stainless SSW-3/8-HWK* 316 Stainless Steel Hardware Kit 316 Stainless * Contains eight nuts, eight bolts, eight lockwashers. Prefix Side rail Height (Prefix)-(*)-VTH SPW 3" SHW 4" SSW 5" 6" 7" (*) Insert side rail height. -331

Steel Tray Drop-Out Provide a smooth radiused surface at any position on the tray or trough bottom Standard radius is 4" vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) and Stainless Steel

Tray 06, 09,, 18,, 30, 36 Prefix Side rail Height Tray (Prefix)-(*)-(**)-WPS SPW 3" 06 SHW 4" 09 SSW 5" 6" 18 7" 30 36 (*) Insert side rail height. (**) Insert width of tray. Note: Not fire rated.

74 Steel Tray Drop-Out Provide a smooth radiused surface at any position on the tray or trough bottom Standard radius is 4" vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Wall Penetration Sleeve Designed to pass through walls and fire walls Hardware included (Prefix)-(*)-DO (Prefix)-(*)-DOS (*) Insert width of tray. DOS is solid tray. Tray 06, 09,, 18,, 30, 36 Prefix Side rail Height Tray (Prefix)-(*)-(**)-WPS SPW 3" 06 SHW 4" 09 SSW 5" 6" 18 7" (*) Insert side rail height. (**) Insert width of tray. Note: Not fire rated. Fire stop not included. Frame-Type Tray to ox Plate Secures tray to electrical enclosures and panels Hardware included Prefix Side rail Height Tray (Prefix)-(*)-(**)-FP SPW 3" 06 SHW 4" 09 SSW 5" 6" 18 7" (*) Insert side rail height. (**) Insert width of tray. Nylon Expansion Pad llows for thermal expansion and contraction of cable trays over supports W-NSP material Natural Nylon -332

75 Steel Tray arrier Strips Provide a method of separating cables in tray and trough systems Easily installed using supplied hardware 72" arriers can be used with horizontal fittings vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Inside/Outside Vertical end arriers Fit all standard steel vertical bends Provided with hardware vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) SH S Side rail Height Length (Prefix)-3-SH-72 3" 72" (Prefix)-4-SH-72 4" 72" (Prefix)-5-SH-72 5" 72" (Prefix)-6-SH-72 6" 72" (Prefix)-7-SH-72 7" 72" (Prefix)-3-S 3" 144" (Prefix)-4-S 4" 3m (Prefix)-5-S 5" 3m (Prefix)-6-S 6" 3m (Prefix)-7-S 7" 3m Notes: 72" barriers provided with three SPW10SC144, 3m barriers provided with selfdrilling tapping screw (SPW10SC). 72" length, three screws; 3m length, five screws; 144" length, six screws. SHW barriers are only available in 72" or 1500mm. Inside end Outside end Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-VI-(*)-(+) (Prefix)-3-VO-(*)-(+) 3" (Prefix)-4-VI-(*)-(+) (Prefix)-4-VO-(*)-(+) 4" (Prefix)-5-VI-(*)-(+) (Prefix)-5-VO-(*)-(+) 5" (Prefix)-6-VI-(*)-(+) (Prefix)-6-VO-(*)-(+) 6" (Prefix)-7-VI-(*)-(+) (Prefix)-7-VO-(*)-(+) 7" (*) Insert bend degree. (+) Insert bend radius. arrier Strip Clamp arrier Strip Clamps mount arrier Strips to ladder rungs and ventilated trough bottoms Mounting hardware supplied (Prefix)-SC Prefix SPW SSW arrier Strip Splice lignment splice for joining connecting arrier Strips W-SS Plastic -333

76 One-Piece Tray 2" Straight Section, Series L, SP, SH, SS Solid and Vented L = luminum SP = Pre-Galvanized SH = Hot-Dip Galvanized SS = Stainless Steel 316 Support Span Series U1 = Unit or One-Piece Feet Series Load (lb./ft.) LU Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) SPU Deflection () SHU Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) SSU Deflection () Deflection Factor L U1 2 V - 3 Side ail Height 2" 06 = 6" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type V = Ventilated Trough S = Solid Trough Length 3 = 3m* * Standard straight length is 10 feet nominal = actually 3m. 1m = ft. 3m = ft....specifications... CS ll: Deflection ased on 36"-wide cable trays with trays supported as simple spans and deflection measured at the midpoint; continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50% Deflection at ny Length For lighter loads, multiply Load x Deflection Factor 3 5 8" Straight Section, Series L, SP, SH, SS Solid and Vented L U1 3 V - 3 L = luminum SP = Pre-Galvanized SH = Hot-Dip Galvanized SS = Stainless Steel 316 Series U1 = Unit or One-Piece Side ail Height 3 5 8" 06 = 6" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type V = Ventilated Trough S = Solid Trough Length 3 = 3m* * Standard straight length is 10 feet nominal = actually 3m. 1m = ft. 3m = ft. Support Span Feet Series Load (lb./ft.) LU13 Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) SPU13 Deflection () SHU13 Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) SSU13 Deflection () Deflection Factor Specifications... NEM ating ll: 8C CS ll: C1 Deflection ased on 36"-wide cable trays with trays supported as simple spans and deflection measured at the midpoint; continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50% Deflection at ny Length For lighter loads, multiply Load x Deflection Factor -334

77 One-Piece Tray 6" Straight Section, Series L, SP, SH, SS Solid and Vented Support Span L = luminum SP = Pre-Galvanized SH = Hot-Dip Galvanized SS = Stainless Steel 316 Series U1 = Unit or One-Piece Feet Series Load (lb./ft.) LU16 Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) SPU16 Deflection () SHU16 Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) SSU16 Deflection () Deflection Factor L U1 6 V - 3 Side ail Height 6" 06 = 6" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type V = Ventilated Trough S = Solid Trough Length 3 = 3m* * Standard straight length is 10 feet nominal = actually 3m. 1m = ft. 3m = ft....specifications... NEM ating ll: 8C CS ll: C1 Deflection ased on 36"-wide cable trays with trays supported as simple spans and deflection measured at the midpoint; continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50% Deflection at ny Length For lighter loads, multiply Load x Deflection Factor s Number Selection SHUF 3 06 V H 90 Prefix LUF = luminum SPUF = Pre-Galvanized s SHUF = Hot-Dip Galvanized s SSUF = Stainless Steel 316 Side ail Depth 2 = 2" 3 = 3 5 8" 6 = 6" 06 = 6" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" * ngle is required for H, VI, VO only. is not required for the following Types: H, HL, HL, H, HS. ottom Type V = Ventilated Trough S = Solid Trough Type H = Horizontal end HT = Horizontal Tee H = Horizontal Cross VI = Vertical Inside end VO = Vertical Outside end H = Horizontal Wye ight HL = Horizontal Wye Left T = Horizontal educing Tee ET = Horizontal Expanding Tee E = Horizontal Expand Cross HL = Horizontal Left educer HS = Horizontal Straight educer H = Horizontal ight educer VTU = Vertical Tee Up VTD = Vertical Tee Down CS = Cable Support ngle* 30 = = = = 90 Nominal = " = " 36 = 36" -335

One-Piece Tray 90 Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System 3" " 90 Horizontal end 60 Horizontal end Selection Guide 3" " LUF - 3 - - V - H 90 - Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style

), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 90, 60 Nom

78 One-Piece Tray 90 Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System 3" " 90 Horizontal end 60 Horizontal end Selection Guide 3" " LUF V - H 90 - Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style Style ngle Nominal Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 90, 60 Nominal :,, 36 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" 90 Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions Cat. No. x y z Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H90-30 Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions Cat. No. x y z Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -336

79 One-Piece Tray 45 Horizontal end 30 Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System LUF V - H 45 - Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth 3" ottom Style Style ngle Nominal 3" Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6, 9,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 45, 30 Nominal :,, 36 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" 45 Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions Cat. No. x y z Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Horizontal ends Nominal Dimensions Cat. No. x y z Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -337

80 One-Piece Tray Catalog Numbering System LUF V - HT Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style Type Nominal Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6,, 18,, 30, 36 Nominal :,, 36 ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid W 3" " Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" Horizontal Tees Nominal Dimensions Cat. No. x y Prefix-( )-06-(*)-HT Prefix-( )--(*)-HT Prefix-( )-18-(*)-HT Prefix-( )--(*)-HT Prefix-( )-30-(*)-HT Prefix-( )-36-(*)-HT Prefix-( )-06-(*)-HT Prefix-( )--(*)-HT Prefix-( )-18-(*)-HT Prefix-( )--(*)-HT Prefix-( )-30-(*)-HT Prefix-( )-36-(*)-HT Prefix-( )-06-(*)-HT Prefix-( )--(*)-HT Prefix-( )-18-(*)-HT Prefix-( )--(*)-HT Prefix-( )-30-(*)-HT Prefix-( )-36-(*)-HT ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Tees include two pairs of splice plates with hardware. -338

One-Piece Tray Catalog Numbering System LUF - 3 - - V - H Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style Type Nominal Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.

81 One-Piece Tray Catalog Numbering System LUF V - H Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style Type Nominal Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6,, 18,, 30, 36 Nominal :,, 36, ottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid W 3" " Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" Horizontal Crosses Nominal Dimensions Cat. No. x y Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H Prefix-( )-06-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-18-(*)-H Prefix-( )--(*)-H Prefix-( )-30-(*)-H Prefix-( )-36-(*)-H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Crosses include three pairs of splice plates with hardware. -339

82 One-Piece Tray Horizontal educing Tees s Catalog Numbering System LUF V - T Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth 1 2 ottom Style W1 Type Nominal W2 Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Tray s W1: 36, 30,, 18, Tray s W2: 30,, 18,, 6 Nominal :,, 36 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" (+) " Nominal (+) " Nominal (+) 36" Nominal (+) 48" Nominal W1 W2 CT. NO. 30 Prefi-( )-3630-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-3618-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-3606-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-3018-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-3006-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-1806-(*)-T(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-T(+) " " ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style. (+) Insert radius (" 48") to complete Catalog Number. Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. -340

83 One-Piece Tray Horizontal Expanding Tees s Catalog Numbering System LUF V - ET Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth 1 2 ottom Style W1 Type Nominal W2 Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Tray s W1: 30,, 18,, 6 Tray s W2: 36, 30,, 18, Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" (+) " Nominal (+) " Nominal (+) 36" Nominal (+) 48" Nominal W1 W Prefi-( )-3036-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-1830-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-1836-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-0618-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-0630-(*)-ET(+) Prefi-( )-0636-(*)-ET(+) " " ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style. (+) Insert radius (" 48") to complete Catalog Number. Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware. -341

84 One-Piece Tray 3" " Catalog Numbering System LUF V - E Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth 1 2 ottom Style W1 Type Nominal W2 Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Tray s W1: 30,, 18,, 6 Tray s W2: 36, 30,, 18, Nominal :,, 36, 48 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" Horizontal Expanding Crosses s (+) " Nominal (+) " Nominal (+) 36" Nominal (+) 48" Nominal W1 W Prefi-( )-3036-(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )-1830-(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )-1836-(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )--(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )-0618-(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )-06-(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )-0630-(*)-E-(+) Prefi-( )-0636-(*)-E-(+) ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style. (+) Insert radius (" 48") to complete Catalog Number. Includes three pairs of splice plates with hardware. -342

One-Piece Tray 90 Outside end Ventilated Catalog Numbering System LUF - 3 - - V - VI 90 - Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style Type ngle Nominal Selection Guide 90 Inside end

85 One-Piece Tray 90 Outside end Ventilated Catalog Numbering System LUF V - VI 90 - Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style Type ngle Nominal Selection Guide 90 Inside end Ventilated Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 90 Nominal :,, 36 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" 90 Vertical ends s (+) VO Siderail (+) VI Side rail Height Height 2", 3", 6" 2" 3" 6" W1 W Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)90- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)90-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+)90- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)90-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)90-06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)90- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)90-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+)90- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)90-30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+)90-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)90-06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)90-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+)90-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+) ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -343

86 One-Piece Tray 60 Vertical ends Nominal 60 Outside end 60 Inside end (+) VO Side rail (+) VI Side rail Height Height 2", 3", 6" 2" 3" 6" 36 Catalog Numbering System LUF V - VI 60 - Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth 06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)60- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)60-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+)60- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)60-30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+)60-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)60-06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)60- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)60-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+)60- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)60-30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+)60-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)60-06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)60-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+)60-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)60-36 ottom Style Type ngle Nominal Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 60 Nominal :,, 36 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -344

87 One-Piece Tray 45 Vertical ends Nominal (+) VO Side rail (+) VI Side rail Height Height 2", 3", 6" 2" 3" 6" Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)45- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)45-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+)45- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)45-30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+)45-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)45-06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)45- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)45-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+)45- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)45-30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+)45-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)45-06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)45-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+)45-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+) Outside end 45 Inside end Catalog Numbering System LUF V - VI 45 - Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style Type ngle Nominal Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 45 Nominal :,, 36 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -345

88 One-Piece Tray 30 Outside end 30 Inside end Catalog Numbering System LUF V - VI 30 - Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style Type ngle Nominal Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6,, 18,, 30, 36 ngle: 30 Nominal :,, 36 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" 30 Vertical ends Nominal (+) VO Side rail (+) VI Side rail Height Height 2", 3", 6" 2" 3" 6" r Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)30- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)30-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+)30- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)30-30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+)30-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)30-06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)30- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)30-18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+)30- Prefi-( )--(*)-(+)30-30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+)30-36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+)30-06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-(+)30-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-18-(*)-(+)30-36 Prefi-( )--(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-30-(*)-(+) Prefi-( )-36-(*)-(+) ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -346

One-Piece Tray Straight educer Catalog Numbering System W2 W1 ight Offset educer Selection Guide W1 W2 Straight educer W1 W2 Left Offset educer LUF - 3-36 - V - VI30 Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF

), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Tray s W1: 36, 30,, 18, Tray s W2: 30,, 18,, 6 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" educers s LH educer Straight educer (Concentric) H educer W1

)-36-18-(*)-HL 22 3 8 Prefi-( )-36-18-(*)-HS 17 3 8 Prefi-( )-36-18-(*)-H 22 3 8 Prefi-( )-36--(*)-HL 25 7 8 Prefi-( )-36--(*)-HS 18 5 16 Prefi-( )-36--(*)-H 25 7 8 06 Prefi-( )-36-06-(*)-HL 29 5 16

)-30-18-(*)-HS 15 7 16 Prefi-( )-30-18-(*)-H 18 15 16 Prefi-( )-30--(*)-HL 22 3 8 Prefi-( )-30--(*)-HS 17 3 16 Prefi-( )-30--(*)-H 22 3 8 06 Prefi-( )-30-06-(*)-HL 25 7 8 Prefi-( )-30-06-(*)-HS 18

89 One-Piece Tray Straight educer Catalog Numbering System W2 W1 ight Offset educer Selection Guide W1 W2 Straight educer W1 W2 Left Offset educer LUF V - VI30 Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth 1 2 ottom Style Type Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Tray s W1: 36, 30,, 18, Tray s W2: 30,, 18,, 6 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" educers s LH educer Straight educer (Concentric) H educer W1 W2 Dim. Dim. Dim Prefi-( ) (*)-HL Prefi-( ) (*)-HS Prefi-( ) (*)-H Prefi-( )-36--(*)-HL Prefi-( )-36--(*)-HS Prefi-( )-36--(*)-H Prefi-( ) (*)-HL Prefi-( ) (*)-HS Prefi-( ) (*)-H Prefi-( )-36--(*)-HL Prefi-( )-36--(*)-HS Prefi-( )-36--(*)-H Prefi-( ) (*)-HL Prefi-( ) (*)-HS Prefi-( ) (*)-H Prefi-( )-30--(*)-HL Prefi-( )-30--(*)-HS Prefi-( )-30--(*)-H Prefi-( ) (*)-HL Prefi-( ) (*)-HS Prefi-( ) (*)-H Prefi-( )-30--(*)-HL Prefi-( )-30--(*)-HS Prefi-( )-30--(*)-H Prefi-( ) (*)-HL Prefi-( ) (*)-HS Prefi-( ) (*)-H Prefi-( )--18-(*)-HL Prefi-( )--18-(*)-HS Prefi-( )--18-(*)-H Prefi-( )---(*)-HL Prefi-( )---(*)-HS Prefi-( )---(*)-H Prefi-( )--06-(*)-HL Prefi-( )--06-(*)-HS Prefi-( )--06-(*)-H Prefi-( )-18--(*)-HL Prefi-( )-18--(*)-HS Prefi-( )-18--(*)-H Prefi-( ) (*)-HL Prefi-( ) (*)-HS Prefi-( ) (*)-H Prefi-( )--06-(*)-HL Prefi-( )--06-(*)-HS Prefi-( )--06-(*)-H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -347

One-Piece Tray Solid - Left Catalog Numbering System LUF - 6 - - V - HL Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth

6" W W ight-hand Wye 45 Horizontal Wyes Left-Hand Wye ight-hand Wye Dimensions 06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-HL Prefi-(

)-18-(*)-H 35 1 4 35 1 4 7 16 Prefi-( )--(*)-HL Prefi-( )--(*)-H 43 1 2 45 1 2 30 7 16 30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-HL

90 One-Piece Tray Solid - Left Catalog Numbering System LUF V - HL Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style Type Ventilated - Left Selection Guide Left-Hand Wye Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6,, 18,, 30, 36 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" W W ight-hand Wye 45 Horizontal Wyes Left-Hand Wye ight-hand Wye Dimensions 06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-HL Prefi-( )-06-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-HL Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-18-(*)-HL Prefi-( )-18-(*)-H Prefi-( )--(*)-HL Prefi-( )--(*)-H Prefi-( )-30-(*)-HL Prefi-( )-30-(*)-H Prefi-( )-36-(*)-HL Prefi-( )-36-(*)-H ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes one pair of splice plates with hardware. -348

One-Piece Tray Catalog Numbering System LUF - 6 - - V - VTD Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style Type Nominal Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.

), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6,, 18,, 30, 36 Nominal :,, 36 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid H H Up Down Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" Up and Down Vertical Tees Side rail Height H Nominal

91 One-Piece Tray Catalog Numbering System LUF V - VTD Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style Type Nominal Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6,, 18,, 30, 36 Nominal :,, 36 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid H H Up Down Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" Up and Down Vertical Tees Side rail Height H Nominal Vertical Vertical Tee Up Tee Down 2" 3" 6" Prefi-( )-06-(*)-VTU Prefix-( )-06-(*)-VTD Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU PrefI-( )--(*)-VTD 18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-VTU PrefI-( )-18-(*)-VTD Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU PrefI-( )--(*)-VTD 30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-VTU PrefI-( )-30-(*)-VTD 36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-VTU PrefI-( )-36-(*)-VTD 06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-VTU PrefI-( )-06-(*)-VTD Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU PrefI-( )--(*)-VTD 18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-VTU PrefI-( )-18-(*)-VTD Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU PrefI-( )--(*)-VTD 30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-VTU PrefI-( )-30-(*)-VTD 36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-VTU PrefI-( )-36-(*)-VTD 06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-VTU36 PrefI-( )-06-(*)-VTD36 Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU36 PrefI-( )--(*)-VTD36 18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-VTU36 PrefI-( )-18-(*)-VTD36 Prefi-( )--(*)-VTU36 PrefI-( )--(*)-VTD36 30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-VTU36 PrefI-( )-30-(*)-VTD36 36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-VTU36 PrefI-( )-36-(*)-VTD36 ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware N/ N/

One-Piece Tray Catalog Numbering System SPUF - 3 - - V - CS - Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style Type Nominal Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.

92 One-Piece Tray Catalog Numbering System SPUF V - CS - Prefix LUF, SPUF, SHUF, SSUF Side ail Depth ottom Style Type Nominal Selection Guide Prefix: LUF (luminum), SPUF (Pre-Galv.), SHUF (Hot-Dip Galv.), SSUF (Stainless Steel) Inside Tray s: 6,, 18,, 30, 36 Nominal :,, 36 ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid Side ail Depth: 2", 3", 6" H Cable Support s Nominal Side rail Height H 2" 3" 6" CT. NO Prefi-( )-06-(*)-CS Prefi-( )--(*)-CS 18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-CS Prefi-( )--(*)-CS 30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-CS 36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-CS 06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-CS Prefi-( )--(*)-CS 18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-CS Prefi-( )--(*)-CS 30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-CS 36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-CS 06 Prefi-( )-06-(*)-CS36 Prefi-( )--(*)-CS36 18 Prefi-( )-18-(*)-CS36 Prefi-( )--(*)-CS36 30 Prefi-( )-30-(*)-CS36 36 Prefi-( )-36-(*)-CS36 ( ) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog Number. Includes two pairs of splice plates with hardware

93 One-Piece Tray Straight Covers Prefix LUW = luminum SPW = Pre-Galvanized SHW = Hot-Dip Galvanized after Fabrication SSW = Stainless Steel 316 * For SHW covers, maximum lengths are 72" and 1500mm. LUW SNC = 6" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" Type SNC = Solid Non-Flanged Cover SFC = Solid Flanged Cover VFC = Ventilated Flanged Cover Length* 3 = 3m Covers LUW SNC H 90 Prefix LUW = luminum SPW = Pre-Galvanized SHW = Hot-Dip Galvanized after Fabrication SSW = Stainless Steel = 6" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" Cover Type SNC = Solid Non-Flanged Cover SFC = Solid Flanged Cover VFC = Ventilated Flanged Cover Type H = Horizontal end HT = Horizontal Tee H = Horizontal Cross VI = Vertical Inside end VTU = Vertical Tee Down H = Horizontal Wye ight HL = Horizontal Wye Left Degree* 30 = = = = 90 = " = " 36 = 36" Note: Cover mounting hardware sold separately. * equired for H and VI only. -351

94 One-Piece Tray Covers (continued) Prefix LUW = luminum SPW = Pre-Galvanized SHW = Hot-Dip Galvanized after Fabrication SSW = Stainless Steel 316 * not required for HS, HL, H = 6" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" LUW 18 SNC T 2 06 = 6" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" Cover Type SNC = Solid Non-Flanged Cover SFC = Solid Flanged Cover VFC = Ventilated Flanged Cover Type T = Horizontal educe Tee ET = Horizontal Expand Tee Horizontal Expand Tee E = and educe Cross Horizontal Straight HS = educer HL = Horizontal Left educer H = Horizontal ight educer = " = " 36 = 36" LUW 3 SNC VO 90 Prefix LUW = luminum SPW = Pre-Galvanized SHW = Hot-Dip Galvanized after Fabrication SSW = Stainless Steel 316 Side ail Height 2 = 2" 3 = 3 5 8" 6 = 6" 06 = 6" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" Cover Type SNC = Solid Non-Flanged Cover SFC = Solid Flanged Cover VFC = Ventilated Flanged Cover Type VO = Vertical Outside end VTD = Vertical Tee Down CS = Cable Support Degree* 30 = = = = 90 = " = " 36 = 36" Note: Cover mounting hardware sold separately. * equired for VO only. -352

One-Piece Tray Standard Splice Plate Packaged in pairs with zinc-plated hardware Provided as standard with each straight and/or fitting Side rail Height (prefix)-2-ssp 2" vailable in luminum (LUW),

Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-SSP 3" (Prefix)-6-SSP 6" vailable in luminum (LUW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW), Pre-Galvanized (SPW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW).

(Prefix)-3-ESP 3" (Prefix)-6-ESP 6" vailable in luminum (LUW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW), Pre-Galvanized (SPW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW).

95 One-Piece Tray Standard Splice Plate Packaged in pairs with zinc-plated hardware Provided as standard with each straight and/or fitting Side rail Height (prefix)-2-ssp 2" vailable in luminum (LUW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHUW), Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSUW). Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-SSP 3" (Prefix)-6-SSP 6" vailable in luminum (LUW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW), Pre-Galvanized (SPW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW). Expansion Splice Plate llows for a 1" expansion or contraction of tray system Packaged in pairs with hardware Side rail Height (Prefix)-2-ESP 2" vailable in luminum (LUW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHUW), Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSUW). Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-ESP 3" (Prefix)-6-ESP 6" vailable in luminum (LUW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW), Pre-Galvanized (SPW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW). ox to Tray Plates Designed to secure tray to electrical panels or boxes, walls or end supports Packaged in pairs with hardware Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-SP 3" (Prefix)-4-SP 4" (Prefix)-5-SP 5" (Prefix)-6-SP 6" (Prefix)-7-SP 7" vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Horizontal djustable Plate djustable hinge plates provide maximum horizontal installation flexibility Furnished as a kit with hardware (Prefix)-(*)06HP 06" (Prefix)-(*)09HP 09" (Prefix)-(*)HP " (Prefix)-(*)18HP 18" (Prefix)-(*)HP " (Prefix)-(*)30HP 30" (Prefix)-(*)36HP 36" * Insert side rail height. vailable in luminum (LUW), Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSUW) -353

One-Piece Tray Vertical djustable Plate Provide maximum flexibility for changes in elevation Includes hardware vailable in luminum (LUW), Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316

educing Splice Plate Used in pairs to provide a straight reduction or used with a Standard Splice Plate for an offset reduction One per package with hardware CT. NO.

Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-SP 3" (Prefix)-6-SP 6" vailable in luminum (LUW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW), Pre-Galvanized (SPW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW).

Closure End Plate Provides closure for any tray end Hardware included CT. NO.

96 One-Piece Tray Vertical djustable Plate Provide maximum flexibility for changes in elevation Includes hardware vailable in luminum (LUW), Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSUW) CT. NO. Height (Prefix)-2-(**)-VSP 2" (Prefix)-3-(**)-VSP 3" (Prefix)-6-(**)-VSP 6" (**) Insert width of tray 06", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". educing Splice Plate Used in pairs to provide a straight reduction or used with a Standard Splice Plate for an offset reduction One per package with hardware CT. NO. Side rail Height (Prefix)-2-(*)-SP 2" vailable in luminum (LUW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHUW), Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSUW). (*) Insert width to reduce. CT. NO. Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-SP 3" (Prefix)-6-SP 6" vailable in luminum (LUW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW), Pre-Galvanized (SPW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW). Note: For offset reduction: Insert width to be reduced. For straight reduction: Insert 1 2 width to be reduced (two required). Example: LUW-3-SP = 3" offset reducer. Closure End Plate Provides closure for any tray end Hardware included CT. NO. Side rail Height (Prefix)-2-(**)-CEP 2" vailable in luminum (LUW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHUW), Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSUW). (**) Insert width of tray 06", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". CT. NO. Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-(**)-CEP 3" (Prefix)-6-(**)-CEP 6" vailable in luminum (LUW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW), Pre-Galvanized (SPW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW). (**) Insert width of tray 06", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". -354

One-Piece Tray Heavy-Duty Cover Clamp Models with 2" side rail height available in luminum (LUW), Hot- Dip Galvanized (SHUW), Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSUW) Models with 3" and

97 One-Piece Tray Heavy-Duty Cover Clamp Models with 2" side rail height available in luminum (LUW), Hot- Dip Galvanized (SHUW), Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSUW) Models with 3" and 6" side rail heights available in luminum (LUW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW), Pre-Galvanized (SPW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Side rail Height (Prefix)-2-(**)-HCC 2" (**) Insert width of tray 06", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". Combination Hold-Down Cover Clamp Designed to secure flat and flanged covers with hold-down feature vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-(**)-HCC 3" (Prefix)-6-(**)-HCC 6" (**) Insert width of tray 06", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". Side rail Height (Prefix)-3-CCC 3" (Prefix)-4-CCC 4" (Prefix)-5-CCC 5" (Prefix)-6-CCC 6" (Prefix)-7-CCC 7" Cover Clamp igid indoor cover clamp for flat and flanged covers vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) Height (Prefix)-2-SCC 2" (Prefix)-3-SCC 3" (Prefix)-6-SCC 6" -355

One-Piece Tray Combination Hold-Down/Cover Clamp vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSUW) Side rail Height (Prefix)-2-HDC 2"

(Prefix)-2-(**)-HT 2" (Prefix)-3-(**)-HT 3" (Prefix)-6-(**)-HT 6" (**) Insert width of tray 06", ", 18", ", 30" or 36".

Carriage olt inc-plated Steel SPW-3/8-C 3 8" Carriage olt inc-plated Steel SPW-1/4-HN 1 4" Hex Nut inc-plated Steel SPW-3/8-HN 3 8" Hex Nut inc-plated

98 One-Piece Tray Combination Hold-Down/Cover Clamp vailable in Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSUW) Side rail Height (Prefix)-2-HDC 2" (Prefix)-3-HDC 3" (Prefix)-6-HDC 6" Horizontal Tee ranch vailable in luminum (LUW), Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSUW) Height (Prefix)-2-(**)-HT 2" (Prefix)-3-(**)-HT 3" (Prefix)-6-(**)-HT 6" (**) Insert width of tray 06", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". Steel Tray Hardware Wrap-around design offers added protection for rugged applications and outdoor conditions Hardware included Description SPW-1/4-C 1 4" Carriage olt inc-plated Steel SPW-3/8-C 3 8" Carriage olt inc-plated Steel SPW-1/4-HN 1 4" Hex Nut inc-plated Steel SPW-3/8-HN 3 8" Hex Nut inc-plated Steel SSW-3/8-C 3 8" Carriage olt 316 Stainless SSW-3/8-HN 3 8" Hex Nut 316 Stainless SSW-3/8-HWK* 316 Stainless Steel Hardware Kit 316 Stainless * Contains eight nuts, eight bolts, eight lock washers. -356

One-Piece Tray Drop-Out Provide a smooth radiused surface at any position on the tray or trough bottom ttach using hardware provided Standard radius is 4" vailable in luminum (LUW), Pre-Galvanized

99 One-Piece Tray Drop-Out Provide a smooth radiused surface at any position on the tray or trough bottom ttach using hardware provided Standard radius is 4" vailable in luminum (LUW), Pre-Galvanized (SPW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) (Prefix)-(**)-DOS (**) Insert width of tray 06", ", 18", ", 30" or 36". Horizontal arrier Strips Separate cables in tray and trough systems Easily installed using supplied hardware or arrier Strip Clamps (sold separately) 72" barriers are flexible for use with horizontal fittings vailable in luminum (LUW), Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSUW) Height Length (Prefix)-2-S-3 2" 3m (Prefix)-3-S-3 3" 3m (Prefix)-6-S-3 6" 3m (Prefix)-2-SH-72 2" 72" (Prefix)-3-SH-72 3" 72" (Prefix)-6-SH-72 6" 72" Note: 3m barriers provided with six SPW10SC; 72" barriers provided with three SPW10SC. SH S Vertical arrier Strips Preformed to fit all standard steel vertical bends Provided with hardware Inside end Outside end Height (Prefix)-2-VI-(*)-(**) (Prefix)-2-VO-(*)-(**) 2" (Prefix)-3-VI-(*)-(**) (Prefix)-3-VO-(*)-(**) 3" (Prefix)-6-VI-(*)-(**) (Prefix)-6-VO-(*)-(**) 6" vailable in luminum (LUW), Pre-Galvanized (SPUW) and Stainless Steel 316 (SSUW). (*) Insert angle 90, 60, 45 or 30. (**) Insert radius ", " or 36". -357

Channel Tray In order to ensure that your Channel Tray installation will meet your present and future needs, a sequence of decisions must be made.

100 Channel Tray In order to ensure that your Channel Tray installation will meet your present and future needs, a sequence of decisions must be made. These decisions are relatively simple and can be condensed down to four steps. Choice luminum Pre-Galvanized Hot-Dipped Galvanized Stainless Steel Coatings Other T& Channel Tray systems are fabricated from a corrosion-resistant metal (low-carbon steel, stainless steel or an aluminum alloy) or from a metal with a corrosion-resistant finish (zinc or epoxy). The choice of material for any particular installation depends on the installation environment (corrosion and electrical considerations) and cost. Please refer to pages for further explanation. Type of Tray ottom Ventilated Solid Ventilated Channel Thomas & etts offers cable channel in solid or ventilated straight sections. Ventilated channel has burr-free oblong punched holes for easy access. Ty-ap slots are provided between each opening for securing of cable. Thomas & etts channel tray meets NEM VE-1/CS C22.22 No T& Channel Tray 1.5" 3" 4" 6" The width of a channel tray is a function of the number, size, spacing and weight of the cables in the tray. vailable nominal widths are 1.5, 3, 4 and 6 inches. When specifying width, cable ties or other spacing devices may be used to maintain the required air space between cables. s Selection Horizontal ends (90, 60, 45 and 30 ) Horizontal Tees and Crosses Vertical ends (90, 60, 45 and 30 ) s are used to change the size or direction of the channel tray. The most important decision to be made in fitting design concerns radius. The radius of the bend, whether horizontal or vertical, can be zero (non-radius), ", " or greater on a custom basis. The selection requires a compromise, with the considerations being available space, minimum bending radius of cables, ease of cable pulling and cost. The typical radius is inches. s are also available for 30, 45, 60 and 90 angles. When a standard angle will not work, field fittings or adjustable elbows can be used. It may be necessary to add supports to the tray at these points. efer to CS/NEM VE2 Installation Guidelines for suggested support locations. Solid Channel -358

length L = luminum SP = Pre-Galvanized SH = Hot-Dip Galvanized SS = 316 Stainless Steel Series T = Cable Channel Ventilated Channel L T C 04 V - 3 Type C = Cable Channel 01 = 1.

101 Channel Tray How to create Straight Section catalog numbers 1. Select the material 2. Select nominal width of tray 3. Select the bottom type 4. The last number is the length of the channel tray Example: LTC04V-3 luminum 4" wide Ventilated bottom 10-ft. length L = luminum SP = Pre-Galvanized SH = Hot-Dip Galvanized SS = 316 Stainless Steel Series T = Cable Channel Ventilated Channel L T C 04 V - 3 Type C = Cable Channel 01 = 1.5" 03 = 3" 04 = 4" 06 = 6" ottom Type S = Solid Trough V = Ventilated Solid Channel Length 3 = 10 ft. Vented style offered in 1.5" width only. Vented style offered in 3", 4", 6" widths only. Solid style offered in all widths " 2.498" 2.886" Selection Guide 1.625" 1.188" 2.175" 4".3".188" Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.) SST (Stainless Steel) Inside Channel s: 01 = 1.5", 03 = 3", 04 = 4", 06 = 6" ottom Styles: V Ventilated, S Solid 9.625" 2.375".5" ottom view of ventilated Channel Tray larger then 1.5" wide. -359

102 Channel Tray Solid and Vented ottom Straight Sections Solid: Steel oll-formed steel. luminum Extruded material Ventilated: Pre-punched burr-free oblong holes with Ty-ap slots between each opening ccessories: One connector complete with hardware supplied for each length : luminum-6063-t6 Pre-Galvanized W Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Stainless Steel 316 aluminum solid LTC Channel WIDTH (W) Depth (D) 1.5" 3 4" 3" 1 3 8" 4" 1 5 8" 6" 1 3 4" Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () D SUPPOT SPN (Feet) W luminum aluminum ventilted LTC Channel WIDTH (W) Depth (D) 1.5" 3 4" 3" 1 3 8" 4" 1 5 8" 6" 1 3 4" Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () SUPPOT SPN (Feet) STEEL SOLID SPTC SHTC SSTC Channel WIDTH (W) Depth (D) 1.5" 3 4" 3" 1 3 8" 4" 1 5 8" 6" 1 3 4" Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () SUPPOT SPN (Feet) STEEL VENTILTED SPTC SHTC SSTC Channel WIDTH (W) Depth (D) 1.5" 3 4" 3" 1 3 8" 4" 1 5 8" 6" 1 3 4" Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () Load (lb./ft.) Deflection () SUPPOT SPN (Feet)

103 Channel Tray How to create fitting part numbers 1. Select fitting material 2. Select nominal width of fitting 3. Select type of fitting 4. Select degree of angle if required 5. Select radius Example: LTF04SH45 luminum 4" wide Horizontal bend 45 degree " radius Horizontal Cross 90 Horizontal end L T F 04 S H 45 L = luminum SP = Pre-Galvanized SH = Hot-Dip Galvanized SS = Stainless Steel 316 * equired for H, VI and VO only. Series T = Cable Channel Type F = 01 = 1.5" 03 = 3" 04 = 4" 06 = 6" ottom Style S = Solid Trough Type H = Horizontal end HT = Horizontal Tee H = Horizontal Cross VO = Vertical Outside end VI = Vertical Inside end Degree* 30 = = = = 90 = " = " 0 = ero Contact your local sales office for availability -361

104 Channel Tray 3" 90 Horizontal ends () () 90 Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System LT - F 06 - S - H 90 - ottom Style Type ngle Selection Guide Dimensions () W 1.5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-H (Prefix)-F 03-S-H (Prefix)-F 04-S-H (Prefix)-F 06-S-H Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.), SST (Stainless Steel) Inside Channel s: 01 = 1.5", 03 = 3", 04 = 4", 06 = 6" ottom Styles: S Solid 3" 1.5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-H (Prefix)-F 03-S-H (Prefix)-F 04-S-H (Prefix)-F 06-S-H " 3" 60 Horizontal ends () () 60 Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System SPT - F 03 - S - H 60 - ottom Style Type ngle Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.), SST (Stainless Steel) Inside Channel s: 01 = 1.5", 03 = 3", 04 = 4", 06 = 6" ottom Styles: S Solid Dimensions () w Cat. no. 1.5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-H (Prefix)-F 03-S-H (Prefix)-F 04-S-H (Prefix)-F 06-S-H (Prefix)-F 01-S-H (Prefix)-F 03-S-H (Prefix)-F 04-S-H (Prefix)-F 06-S-H

Channel Tray 45 Horizontal ends () () Dimensions () W 45 Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System SPT - F 03 - S - H 45 - ottom Style Type ngle Selection Guide 1.

5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-H45-22 5 8 9 3 8 13 1 4 3 (Prefix)-F 03-S-H45-23 1 8 9 9 16 13 9 16 4 (Prefix)-F 04-S-H45-23 1 2 9 3 4 13 3 4 6 (Prefix)-F 06-S-H45-3 16 10 14 3 16 Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.

105 Channel Tray 45 Horizontal ends () () Dimensions () W 45 Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System SPT - F 03 - S - H 45 - ottom Style Type ngle Selection Guide 1.5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-H (Prefix)-F 03-S-H (Prefix)-F 04-S-H (Prefix)-F 06-S-H (Prefix)-F 01-S-H (Prefix)-F 03-S-H (Prefix)-F 04-S-H (Prefix)-F 06-S-H Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.), SST (Stainless Steel) Inside Channel s: 01 = 1.5", 03 = 3", 04 = 4", 06 = 6" ottom Styles: S Solid 3" 3" 3" 30 Horizontal ends () () 30 Horizontal end Catalog Numbering System LT - F 06 - S - H 30 - ottom Style Type ngle Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.), SST (Stainless Steel) Inside Channel s: 01 = 1.5", 03 = 3", 04 = 4", 06 = 6" ottom Styles: S Solid Dimensions () w 3" 1.5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-H (Prefix)-F 03-S-H (Prefix)-F 04-S-H (Prefix)-F 06-S-H (Prefix)-F 01-S-H (Prefix)-F 03-S-H (Prefix)-F 04-S-H (Prefix)-F 06-S-H

5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-HT- 27 3 4 55 1 2 3 (Prefix)-F 03-S-HT- 28 1 2 57 4 (Prefix)-F 04-S-HT- 29 58 6 (Prefix)-F 06-S-HT- 30 60 W 3" Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.

106 Channel Tray Horizontal Tees () () Dimensions () W Horizontal Tee Catalog Numbering System SST - F 04 - S - HT - ottom Style Type 1.5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-HT (Prefix)-F 03-S-HT (Prefix)-F 04-S-HT (Prefix)-F 06-S-HT (Prefix)-F 01-S-HT (Prefix)-F 03-S-HT (Prefix)-F 04-S-HT (Prefix)-F 06-S-HT W 3" Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.), SST (Stainless Steel) Inside Channel s: 01 = 1.5", 03 = 3", 04 = 4", 06 = 6" ottom Styles: S Solid W Horizontal Cross 3" Horizontal Crosses () () Dimensions () W CT. NO. Catalog Numbering System LT - F 04 - S - H - ottom Style Type Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.), SST (Stainless Steel) Inside Channel s: 01 = 1.5", 03 = 3", 04 = 4", 06 = 6" ottom Styles: S Solid 1.5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-H (Prefix)-F 03-S-H (Prefix)-F 04-S-H (Prefix)-F 06-S-H (Prefix)-F 01-S-H (Prefix)-F 03-S-H (Prefix)-F 04-S-H (Prefix)-F 06-S-H

Channel Tray 3" Vertical Outside Vertical Inside 3" 3" 3" Catalog Numbering System SPT - F 06 - S - VO 90 - ottom Style Type ngle Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.

5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-VO90-15 15 3 (Prefix)-F 03-S-VO90-15 15 4 (Prefix)-F 04-S-VO90-15 15 6 (Prefix)-F 06-S-VO90-15 15 1.

107 Channel Tray 3" Vertical Outside Vertical Inside 3" 3" 3" Catalog Numbering System SPT - F 06 - S - VO 90 - ottom Style Type ngle Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.), SST (Stainless Steel) Inside Channel s: 01 = 1.5", 03 = 3", 04 = 4", 06 = 6" ottom Styles: S Solid 90 Vertical Outside end () () CT. NO. Dimensions () 1.5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-VO (Prefix)-F 03-S-VO (Prefix)-F 04-S-VO (Prefix)-F 06-S-VO (Prefix)-F 01-S-VO (Prefix)-F 03-S-VO (Prefix)-F 04-S-VO (Prefix)-F 06-S-VO Vertical Inside end () () CT. NO. Dimensions () 1.5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-VI (Prefix)-F 03-S-VI (Prefix)-F 04-S-VI (Prefix)-F 06-S-VI (Prefix)-F 01-S-VI (Prefix)-F 03-S-VI (Prefix)-F 04-S-VI (Prefix)-F 06-S-VI

108 Channel Tray 3" Vertical Outside Vertical Inside 3" 3" 3" Catalog Numbering System SST - F 04 - S - VI 60 - ottom Style Type ngle Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.), SST (Stainless Steel) Inside Channel s: 01 = 1.5", 03 = 3", 04 = 4", 06 = 6" ottom Styles: S Solid 60 Vertical Outside end 60 Vertical Inside end () () CT. NO. Dimensions () () () CT. NO. Dimensions () 1.5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-VO (Prefix)-F 03-S-VO (Prefix)-F 04-S-VO (Prefix)-F 06-S-VO (Prefix)-F 01-S-VI (Prefix)-F 03-S-VI (Prefix)-F 04-S-VI (Prefix)-F 06-S-VI (Prefix)-F 01-S-VO (Prefix)-F 03-S-VO (Prefix)-F 04-S-VO (Prefix)-F 06-S-VO (Prefix)-F 01-S-VI (Prefix)-F 03-S-VI (Prefix)-F 04-S-VI (Prefix)-F 06-S-VI

Channel Tray Vertical Outside Vertical Inside 3" 3" 3" 3" Catalog Numbering System SST - F 04 - S - VI 45 - ottom Style Type ngle Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.

5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-VO45-13 5 8 5 5 8 8 3 (Prefix)-F 03-S-VO45-13 5 8 5 5 8 8 4 (Prefix)-F 04-S-VO45-13 5 8 5 5 8 8 6 (Prefix)-F 06-S-VO45-13 5 8 5 5 8 8 1.

109 Channel Tray Vertical Outside Vertical Inside 3" 3" 3" 3" Catalog Numbering System SST - F 04 - S - VI 45 - ottom Style Type ngle Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.), SST (Stainless Steel) Inside Channel s: 01 = 1.5", 03 = 3", 04 = 4", 06 = 6" ottom Styles: S Solid 45 Vertical Outside end () () CT. NO. Dimensions () 1.5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-VO (Prefix)-F 03-S-VO (Prefix)-F 04-S-VO (Prefix)-F 06-S-VO (Prefix)-F 01-S-VO (Prefix)-F 03-S-VO (Prefix)-F 04-S-VO (Prefix)-F 06-S-VO Vertical Inside end () () CT. NO. Dimensions () 1.5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-VI (Prefix)-F 03-S-VI (Prefix)-F 04-S-VI (Prefix)-F 06-S-VI (Prefix)-F 01-S-VI (Prefix)-F 03-S-VI (Prefix)-F 04-S-VI (Prefix)-F 06-S-VI

Channel Tray Vertical Outside 3" 3" Vertical Inside 3" 3" Catalog Numbering System SPT - F 06 - S - VO 30 - ottom Style Type ngle Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.

110 Channel Tray Vertical Outside 3" 3" Vertical Inside 3" 3" Catalog Numbering System SPT - F 06 - S - VO 30 - ottom Style Type ngle Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.), SST (Stainless Steel) Inside Channel s: 01 = 1.5", 03 = 3", 04 = 4", 06 = 6" ottom Styles: S Solid 30 Vertical Outside ends 30 Vertical Inside ends () () Dimensions () () () Dimensions () 1.5 (Prefix)-F 01-S-VO (Prefix)-F 03-S-VO (Prefix)-F 04-S-VO (Prefix)-F 01-S-VI (Prefix)-F 03-S-VI (Prefix)-F 04-S-VI (Prefix)-F 06-S-VO (Prefix)-F 06-S-VI (Prefix)-F 01-S-VO (Prefix)-F 03-S-VO (Prefix)-F 04-S-VO (Prefix)-F 06-S-VO (Prefix)-F 01-S-VI (Prefix)-F 03-S-VI (Prefix)-F 04-S-VI (Prefix)-F 06-S-VI

111 Channel Tray Straight Section Covers Catalog Number Selection Guide Tray Covers Tray covers are available for all widths of tray. They should be installed where falling objects may damage cables or where a vertical tray run is accessible by pedestrian or vehicular traffic. Straight Covers These covers provide maximum mechanical protection for cables with limited heat build up. Flanged covers have 1 2" flange. * L = luminum SP = Pre-Galvanized SH = Hot-Dip Galvanized SS = Stainless Steel 316 Series T = Cable Channel * Hot-Dip Galvanized Covers only available in 1500mm lengths. Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps equired Straight section (10 ft.) 6 pieces Note: When using the Heavy-Duty Cover Clamps, only half the quantity of pieces are required. Tray Covers Tray covers are available for all widths of tray. They should be installed where falling objects may damage cables or where a vertical tray run is accessible by pedestrian or vehicular traffic. L T F 03 SFC 3 Type ccessory i.e.: Straight Cover Covers Catalog Number Selection Guide 01 = 1.5" 03 = 3" 04 = 4" 06 = 6" Note: Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately. ottom Style SFC = Solid Flanged Covers Length 3 = 10 ft. 72 = 6 ft. Covers covers are available to complete your cable channel layout. ll fitting covers are flanged. L T F 06 HC 45 Note: Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately. L = luminum SP = Pre-Galvanized SH = Hot-Dip Galvanized SS = Stainless Steel 316 * equired for H, VI and VO only. Series T = Cable Channel Type F = Cover 01 = 1.5" 03 = 3" 04 = 4" 06 = 6" Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps equired Horizontal and Vertical ends 4 pieces Tees 6 pieces Crosses 8 pieces Note: When using the Heavy-Duty Cover Clamps, only half the quantity of pieces are required. Type Cover HC = Horizontal end HTC = Horizontal Tee HC = Horizontal Cross VO = Vertical Outside end VI = Vertical Inside end Degree* 30 = = = = 90 = " = " 0 = ero Contact your local sales office for availability -369

Channel Tray Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.

5" Splice Plate (Prefix)-W-01-CCS 1.5" Supplied standard with each length.

5" (Prefix)-W-03-CH 3" (Prefix)-W-04-CH 4" (Prefix)-W-06-CH 6" Standard Vertical djustable Splice Plate Expansion

112 Channel Tray Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.), SST (Stainless Steel) Inside Channel s: 01 = 1.5", 03 = 3", 04 = 4", 06 = 6" Standard 1.5" Splice Plate (Prefix)-W-01-CCS 1.5" Supplied standard with each length. Standard Splice Plate djustable Horizontal Splice Plate (Prefix)-W-01-CH 1.5" (Prefix)-W-03-CH 3" (Prefix)-W-04-CH 4" (Prefix)-W-06-CH 6" Standard Vertical djustable Splice Plate Expansion Splice Plate (Prefix)-W-03-CCS 3" (Prefix)-W-04-CCS 4" (Prefix)-W-06-CCS 6" Supplied standard with each length. (Prefix)-W-01-CCV 1.5" (Prefix)-W-03-CCV 3" (Prefix)-W-04-CCV 4" (Prefix)-W-06-CCV 6" (Prefix)-W-03-ESP 3" (Prefix)-W-04-ESP 4" (Prefix)-W-06-ESP 6" Wraparound Vertical djustable Splice Plate Wraparound Splice Plate (Prefix)-W-01-CS 1.5" (Prefix)-W-03-CS 3" (Prefix)-W-04-CS 4" (Prefix)-W-06-CS 6" (Prefix)-W-01-WV 1.5" (Prefix)-W-03-WV 3" (Prefix)-W-04-WV 4" (Prefix)-W-06-WV 6" -370

5" (Prefix)-W-03-CEP 3" (Prefix)-W-04-CEP 4" (Prefix)-W-06-CEP 6" (Prefix)-W-01-CCT 1.

113 Channel Tray Selection Guide Prefix: LT (lum.), SPT (Pre-Galv.), SHT (Hot-Dip Galv.), SST (Stainless Steel) Inside Channel s: 01 = 1.5", 03 = 3", 04 = 4", 06 = 6" Closed End Plate Channel to Cable Tray Plate (Prefix)-W-01-CEP 1.5" (Prefix)-W-03-CEP 3" (Prefix)-W-04-CEP 4" (Prefix)-W-06-CEP 6" (Prefix)-W-01-CCT 1.5" (Prefix)-W-03-CCT 3" (Prefix)-W-04-CCT 4" (Prefix)-W-06-CCT 6" Channel Straight educer Plate (prefix)-w sp 3" to 1" (prefix)-w sp 4" to 1" (prefix)-w sp 6" to 1" (prefix)-w sp 4" to 3" (prefix)-w sp 6" to 3" (prefix)-w sp 6" to 4" Channel to Floor ase Plate (Prefix)-W-01-CP 1.5" (Prefix)-W-03-CP 3" (Prefix)-W-04-CP 4" (Prefix)-W-06-CP 6" -371

Channel Tray Standard Hold-Down Clamp vailable in luminum (LT), Pre-Galvanized (SPT), Hot-Dipped Galvanized (SHT) and Stainless Steel (SST) Cat. No.

5" (Prefix)-W-03-SHC 3" (Prefix)-W-04-SHC 4" (Prefix)-W-06-SHC 6" Channel Expansion Guide Clamp vailable in luminum (LT), Pre-Galvanized (SPT),

5" (Prefix)-W-03-CEG 3" (Prefix)-W-04-CEG 4" (Prefix)-W-06-CEG 6" Combination Hold-Down/Cover Clamp vailable in luminum (LT), Pre-Galvanized (SPT),

114 Channel Tray Standard Hold-Down Clamp vailable in luminum (LT), Pre-Galvanized (SPT), Hot-Dipped Galvanized (SHT) and Stainless Steel (SST) Cat. No. (Prefix)-W-01-SHC 1.5" (Prefix)-W-03-SHC 3" (Prefix)-W-04-SHC 4" (Prefix)-W-06-SHC 6" Channel Expansion Guide Clamp vailable in luminum (LT), Pre-Galvanized (SPT), Hot-Dipped Galvanized (SHT) and Stainless Steel (SST) Cat. No. (Prefix)-W-01-CEG 1.5" (Prefix)-W-03-CEG 3" (Prefix)-W-04-CEG 4" (Prefix)-W-06-CEG 6" Combination Hold-Down/Cover Clamp vailable in luminum (LT), Pre-Galvanized (SPT), Hot-Dipped Galvanized (SHT) and Stainless Steel (SST) Cat. No. (Prefix)-W-01-CCC 1.5" (Prefix)-W-03-CCC 3" (Prefix)-W-04-CCC 4" (Prefix)-W-06-CCC 6" Heavy-Duty Cover Clamp vailable in luminum (LT), Pre-Galvanized (SPT), Hot-Dipped Galvanized (SHT) and Stainless Steel (SST) Cat. No. (Prefix)-W-01-HCC 1.5" (Prefix)-W-03-HCC 3" (Prefix)-W-04-HCC 4" (Prefix)-W-06-HCC 6" -372

Channel Tray Channel Mounting racket vailable in Pre-Galvaninzed (SPT) and Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHT) Channel to Tray Mounting racket vailable in Pre-Galvaninzed (SPT) and Hot-Dip Galvanized

5" (Prefix)-W-03-TC 3" (Prefix)-W-04-TC 4" (Prefix)-W-06-TC 6" Single-Channel Hanger vailable in Pre-Galvaninzed (SPT) and Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHT) Note: Designed for use with 1 2" threaded

115 Channel Tray Channel Mounting racket vailable in Pre-Galvaninzed (SPT) and Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHT) Channel to Tray Mounting racket vailable in Pre-Galvaninzed (SPT) and Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHT) Cat. No. (Prefix)-W-01-CC 1.5" (Prefix)-W-03-CC 3" (Prefix)-W-04-CC 4" (Prefix)-W-06-CC 6" Cat. No. (Prefix)-W-01-TC 1.5" (Prefix)-W-03-TC 3" (Prefix)-W-04-TC 4" (Prefix)-W-06-TC 6" Single-Channel Hanger vailable in Pre-Galvaninzed (SPT) and Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHT) Note: Designed for use with 1 2" threaded rod. Cat. No. SPT-W-06-CCH SHT-W-06-CCH For use with all widths Double-Channel Hanger vailable in Pre-Galvaninzed (SPT) and Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHT) Note: Designed for use with 1 2" threaded rod. Cat. No. SPT-W-06-DCH SHT-W-06-DCH For use with all widths -373

Common ccessories T& Cable oller System Why should rollers be used? 1. To reduce pulling stress on cables, avoiding undue fatigue or abrasions 2.

Universal fits virtually all tray systems Mounts from bottom of cable tray, eliminating the need for double handling cables and reducing possibility of cable damage Sideways telescopic adjustment

Description Fits H Straight ll Profiles " to " (30cm to 60cm) H 1836 Straight ll Profiles 18" to 36" (45cm to 90cm) Corner oller Custom Maple Hardwood lock Multiple cable blocks can be made to your

116 Common ccessories T& Cable oller System Why should rollers be used? 1. To reduce pulling stress on cables, avoiding undue fatigue or abrasions 2. To minimize harmful shear load placed on cable trays 3. To reduce installation time Why purchase the T& Cable oller System? Universal fits virtually all tray systems Mounts from bottom of cable tray, eliminating the need for double handling cables and reducing possibility of cable damage Sideways telescopic adjustment allows rollers to accommodate virtually all tray widths Nylon bearings require no lubrication Independent rollers limit cable abrasion Straight oller Description Fits VH04 Corner ll Profiles Description Fits H Straight ll Profiles " to " (30cm to 60cm) H 1836 Straight ll Profiles 18" to 36" (45cm to 90cm) Corner oller Custom Maple Hardwood lock Multiple cable blocks can be made to your specific requirements Cable blocks ensure proper separation of singleconductor cables and prevent any interference due to magnetic fields Paraffin wax impregnated to prevent moisture from penetrating and causing rotting and splitting Cable blocks are also available in nylon and highdensity polyethylene Electrogalvanized hardware included; stainless steel hardware also available upon request -374

Common ccessories Hanger od Clamp Kits Designed for ladder and ventilated cable tray Provide a fast and economical solution for a suspended cable tray installation One kit is needed per each threaded

capacity per kit For Steel Cable Tray Height (*)-3-HC 3" (*)-4-HC 4" (*)-5-HC 5" (*)-6-HC 6" (*)-7-HC 7" (*) Insert Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) or Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) prefix.

Uses 1 2" threaded rod (order separately) For use with up to "-wide tray Load capacity is 700 lb.

H26 W37HC H37 W54HC H54 W36HC H36 Channel SHW18CS Hot-Dip Galvanized 18" SHW30CS Hot-Dip Galvanized 30" Tray 6" 9" " 18" " Trapeze Kit Supports various cable tray widths in a suspending installation

117 Common ccessories Hanger od Clamp Kits Designed for ladder and ventilated cable tray Provide a fast and economical solution for a suspended cable tray installation One kit is needed per each threaded rod location Kit consists of one bottom clamp and one top clamp and uses 1 2" threaded rod (order separately) 250-lb. capacity per kit For Steel Cable Tray Height (*)-3-HC 3" (*)-4-HC 4" (*)-5-HC 5" (*)-6-HC 6" (*)-7-HC 7" (*) Insert Pre-Galvanized (SPW), Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW) or Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) prefix. Center Support racket educes cable pulling by allowing access from both sides of cable tray Installation cost and time are reduced significantly by single-point suspension Supplied as a complete kit Uses 1 2" threaded rod (order separately) For use with up to "-wide tray Load capacity is 700 lb. per kit For luminum Cable Tray Tray Series Tray Series Tray Series W04HC H04 W25HC H25 W46HC H46 W14HC H14 W35HC H35 W56HC H56 WHC H W45HC H45 W66HC H66 W34HC H34 W16HC H16 W27HC H27 W44HC H44 W26HC H26 W37HC H37 W54HC H54 W36HC H36 Channel SHW18CS Hot-Dip Galvanized 18" SHW30CS Hot-Dip Galvanized 30" Tray 6" 9" " 18" " Trapeze Kit Supports various cable tray widths in a suspending installation Tray Channel (*)-06-TPK 6" " (*)-09-TPK 9" " (*)--TPK " " (*)-18-TPK 18" " (*)--TPK " " (*)-30-TPK 30" " (*)-36-TPK 36" " (*)-42-TPK 42" " (*) Insert Hot-Dip Galvanized (SHW), Pre-Galvanized (SPW) or Stainless Steel 316 (SSW) prefix. Kit consists of: (1) piece of strut cut to length (4) 3 8" strut nuts (2) hold-down clips (4) 1 2" hex nuts (2) 3 8" x 7 8" hex-head cap screws (4) 1 2" square washers Kit uses 1 2" threaded rod (order separately) -375

Common ccessories Cross Member Hanging rods not included Hot-dipped galvanized finish C S202-6HDG 6

Note: Order hold-down clips (SSW-SHC) separately.

S203-8HDG 8 1 2 4 1 16 00 S203-14HDG 14 1 2 5 3 8 00 S203-20HDG 20 1 2 6 11 16 00 S203-26HDG 26 1 2

Electro-galvanized finish Conduit Size (inches) 6210 1 2 3 4 62 1 1 1 4 Conduit to Cable Tray Swivel

clamping saddle provide a high-quality bond between conduit and clamp Clamp to any position in a 90

118 Common ccessories Cross Member Hanging rods not included Hot-dipped galvanized finish C S202-6HDG 6 5 S202-9HDG S202-15HDG S202-21HDG S202-27HDG S202-33HDG Note: Order hold-down clips (SSW-SHC) separately. Cantilever Support Hot-dipped galvanized finish Design Load/lbs. S203-8HDG S203-14HDG S203-20HDG S203-26HDG S203-32HDG S203-38HDG Note: Order hold-down clips (SSW-SHC) separately. C Conduit to Cable Tray Clamp Made from steel Electro-galvanized finish Conduit Size (inches) Conduit to Cable Tray Swivel Clamp For aluminum and steel trays with regular or reinforced flanges Serrations and biting teeth on clamping saddle provide a high-quality bond between conduit and clamp Clamp to any position in a 90 arc Malleable iron hub and steel U-bolt inc-plated finish Conduit Size (inches)

Grounding and onding Economical Cable Tray Ground Clamp Made from malleable iron inc-plated finish 10103T M2GC Description Cable Tray Ground

For single conductor #4 solid to 4/0 str.

10109 For single conductor 2/0 solid to 4/0 str.

119 Grounding and onding Economical Cable Tray Ground Clamp Made from malleable iron inc-plated finish 10103T M2GC Description Cable Tray Ground Clamp Made from malleable iron inc-plated finish For single conductor #4 solid to 4/0 str. For single conductor #4 solid to 4/0 str.; includes Superstrut springless channel nut for easy installation in cable tray rungs Description For single conductor #4 solid to 2/0 str For single conductor 2/0 solid to 4/0 str lackburn Ground Clamp olt has square shank to prevent turning and allows clamp to be tightened with one wrench Made from copper alloy Tin-plated finish for aluminum cable tray Conductor ange M Max. Figure GTC13P #4 sol. 2/0 str. 1 GTC14P 2/0 str. 250 kcmil 1 GTC23P #4 sol. 2/0 str. 2 GTCP 2/0 str. 250 kcmil 2 Figure 1 Figure 2 Castings are of high-strength, corrosion-resistant copper alloy. -377

Grounding and onding lackburn Cable Tray Ground Clamp Made from copper alloy Tin-plated finish CTG250 Description lackburn Lay-in Lug For parallel or tapping applications, #2 solid to 250 kcmil

aluminum alloy Conductor ange Stud Size M Max. mm 2 LL306 #6 solid 3/0 str..33 8.

120 Grounding and onding lackburn Cable Tray Ground Clamp Made from copper alloy Tin-plated finish CTG250 Description lackburn Lay-in Lug For parallel or tapping applications, #2 solid to 250 kcmil Dual-rated grounding connector for aluminum and copper conductors Open-faced design enables you to quickly lay-in the grounding connector as a jumper Made from tin-plated high-strength 6061-T6 aluminum alloy Conductor ange Stud Size M Max. mm 2 LL306 #6 solid 3/0 str LL2506 #6 str. 250 kcmil onding Jumpers Made from copper Tin-plated finish onding mp Capacity Single olt Hole Description FD-1* 600 mps 7 16 " flat flexible braid FD16-1* 600 mps " flat flexible braid FE-1* 00 mps 9 16 " flat flexible braid FE16-1* 00 mps " flat flexible braid FG-1* 2000 mps 9 16 " flat flexible braid FG16-1* 2000 mps " flat flexible braid * Listed UL 467 & 486, certified CS C22.2 No. 41 for grounding & bonding equipment. Custom lengths are available. Important: onding Jumpers are required for expansion joints as well as adjustable joints. Please note due to the overall length of the expansion plate, a "-long bonding jumper is no longer sufficent to span the joint properly. -378

121 Grounding and onding Grounding and onding Table 1 NEC Table () Metal rea equirements for Cable Trays Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors Maximum Fuse mpere ating, Circuit reaker mpere Trip Setting, or Circuit reaker Protective elay mpere Trip Setting for Ground Fault Protection of ny Cable Circuit in the Cable Tray System Minimum Cross-Sectional rea of Metal* in Square Inches Steel Cable Trays luminum Cable Trays ** ** For SI units, one square inch = 645 square millimeters. * Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or trough-type cable trays or the minimum cross-sectional area of metal in channel-type cable trays or cable trays of one-piece construction. ** Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 600 amperes. luminum cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 2000 amperes. For larger ampere ratings, an additional grounding conductor must be used. For more information on grounding and bonding cable tray, refer to Section 4.7 of the new NEM VE 2 Cable Tray Installation Guidelines. Table 2 Minimum Size Equipment Grounding Conductors for Grounding & onding aceway and Equipment (ased on NEC Table and CEC Table 16) ating or Setting of utomatic Overcurrent Device in Circuit head of Equipment, Conduit, etc. Not Exceeding (mperes) Copper Wire No. Size luminum or Copper-Clad luminum Wire No.* / / /0 3/ /0 4/0 00 3/0 250 kcmil /0 350 kcmil kcmil 400 kcmil kcmil 600 kcmil kcmil 600 kcmil kcmil 800 kcmil kcmil 00 kcmil kcmil 00 kcmil * See installation restrictions in NEC Section NEC and National Electrical Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection ssociation, Inc. -379

Options Large- luminum Cable Tray No mitered joints No bent splice plate Less costly Easier to install Faster to install Fewer skills required to install Cleaner lines More resistant support

wider radius. Thomas & etts takes pride in manufacturing a complete system to meet your most rigorous requirements.

122 Options Large- luminum Cable Tray No mitered joints No bent splice plate Less costly Easier to install Faster to install Fewer skills required to install Cleaner lines More resistant support structure Improved functionality and aesthetics The custom-built cable support system makes this cable tray design ideal for petrochemical tanks and towers as well as other applications requiring a wider radius. Thomas & etts takes pride in manufacturing a complete system to meet your most rigorous requirements. Our cable support systems reduce the costly and labor-intensive modifications required to assemble straight sections, splice plates and accessories that fit in your tank or vessel. Thomas & etts Large- luminum Cable Tray systems mount flawlessly with no extra cutting, set-up or surplus material. With the option of pre-assembly of this cable tray system prior to erection of the tank or vessel, you can drastically reduce installing time. Clearance Distance ung Spacing New Method Old Method Standard Length (External Side ail) 3m (118 ) Vessel or Catwalk Data equired for Quotation Height of the Cable Tray of the Cable Tray ung Spacing equired Load ating and Support Span of Tank or Vessel Clearance Distance Segment rc Length (measured on structure) Quantity equired (number of segments) Total rc Length (= segment arc length x quantity) lb./ft. (kg/m) Segment rc Length Measured on Tank Tray Tray -380

Options luminum Mid-Span Splice Plate Factory pre-drilled side rails for easy installation llows random splice location Tested loading 160 lb./ft., based on a 20-ft. simple beam test with 1.

123 Options luminum Mid-Span Splice Plate Factory pre-drilled side rails for easy installation llows random splice location Tested loading 160 lb./ft., based on a 20-ft. simple beam test with 1.5 safety factor (tested with H66 series) Supplied with stainless steel type 316 hardware Great for ladder, vented or solid tray style Only available for the following series of aluminum trays: H46, H56, H66 and H76* * 20-ft. support span only. 3 8"-16 x 3 4" SS316 Carriage olt and SS304 Keps Nut Typical Installation of Mid-Span Splice Plate Cable Tray Mid-Span Splice Plate einforcing Plate These heavy-duty splice plates are designed to allow random splice location, including the midspan for 20-ft. support spans. These splices are available for all long-span ladder, vented or solid tray styles. Note: lso available on fittings to complete the system if required. Please consult the factory for more information. 3 8"-16 x 1" SS316 Carriage olt and SS304 Keps Nut MS L09-6 Style Series Side ail Depth ottom Type Length MS = Mid-Span Splice 4 = Series 4 6" 06 = 6" L06 = 6" ung Spacing 6 = 6m 5 = Series 5 09 = 9" L09 = 9" ung Spacing 288 = ft. 6 = Series 6 = " L = " ung Spacing 7 = Series 7 18 = 18" V = Ventilated To order straight sections with Mid-Span Splice Plate, replace H in the standard part number with MS. Example: H66L-6 MS66L-6 = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" S = Soilid Trough -381

Options Long-Span Systems 30-ft. Straight Sections, Series 7 6, 4 7, 1 8 W () Wo Wi W H7-6 H4-7 H1-8 Wi () Wo () Wi () Wo () Wi () Wo () 6 4.92 8.92 4.62 8.62 4.55 10.55 9 7.92 11.92 7.62 11.62 7.

124 Options Long-Span Systems 30-ft. Straight Sections, Series 7 6, 4 7, 1 8 W () Wo Wi W H7-6 H4-7 H1-8 Wi () Wo () Wi () Wo () Wi () Wo () H L Style H = H-eam * 6" width not available in the H18 series. Series/Side ail Depth 76 = 6" 47 = 7" 18 = 8" 06 = 6"* 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" ottom Type L06 = 6" ung Spacing L09 = 9" ung Spacing L = " ung Spacing V = Ventilated S = Solid Trough Length 360 = 30 ft. Support Span Feet Series Load (lb./ft.) H7-6 Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) H4-7 Deflection () Deflection Factor Load (lb./ft.) H1-8 Deflection () Deflection Factor Specifications... NEM ll: Exceed 20C UL Cross Sectional rea ll: Side ail Design Factors, 1 Pair H7-6: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H4-7: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: ; H1-8: Ix: ; Sx: ; rea: Deflection ased on 36"-wide cable trays with trays supported as simple spans and deflection measured at the midpoint; continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50% Deflection at ny Length For lighter loads, multiply Load x Deflection Factor -382

125 Options Peaked Cover Components Horizontal ends/vertical Inside ends Horizontal end UW - - PFC - H = luminum Style U = U-eam H = H-eam 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" Cover Type PFC = Peaked Flanged Cover PVC = Peaked Vented Flanged Cover Type H = Horizontal end VI = Vertical Inside end Degree Nominal = " = " 36 = 36" 48 = 48" SHW - - PFC - H * SHW = Hot-Dip Galvanized SSW = Stainless Steel 316 * Pre-Galvanized not available. 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" Cover Type PFC = Peaked Flanged Cover PVC = Peaked Vented Flanged Cover Type H = Horizontal end VI = Vertical Inside end Degree Nominal = " = " 36 = 36" 48 = 48" -383

Options Peaked Cover Components Vertical Outside ends UW - 4 - - PFC - VO - 90 - = luminum Style U = U-eam H = H-eam Side ail Height 4 = 4" 5 = 5" 6 = 6" 7 = 7" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" Cover

126 Options Peaked Cover Components Vertical Outside ends UW PFC - VO = luminum Style U = U-eam H = H-eam Side ail Height 4 = 4" 5 = 5" 6 = 6" 7 = 7" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " 18 = 18" Cover Type PFC = Peaked Flanged Cover PVC = Peaked Vented Flanged Cover Type VO = Vertical Outside end Degree Nominal = " = " 36 = 36" 48 = 48" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" SSW PFC - VO * SHW = Hot-Dipped Galvanized SSW = Stainless Steel 316 Side ail Height 4 = 4" 5 = 5" 6 = 6" 06 = 6" 09 = 9" = " Cover Type PFC = Peaked Flanged Cover PVC = Peaked Vented Flanged Cover Type VO = Vertical Outside end Degree Nominal = " = " 36 = 36" 7 = 7" 18 = 18" = 48" = " 30 = 30" * Pre-Galvanized not available. 36 = 36" -384

Options Peaked Cover Components Horizontal Tees UW - - PFC - HT - = luminum Style U = U-eam H = H-eam 06 = 6" 09 = 9" Cover Type PFC = Peaked Flanged Cover PVC = Peaked Vented Flanged Cover Type HT =

127 Options Peaked Cover Components Horizontal Tees UW - - PFC - HT - = luminum Style U = U-eam H = H-eam 06 = 6" 09 = 9" Cover Type PFC = Peaked Flanged Cover PVC = Peaked Vented Flanged Cover Type HT = Horizontal Tee Nominal = " = " = " 36 = 36" 18 = 18" 48 = 48" = " 30 = 30" 36 = 36" SHW - - PFC - HT - * Cover Type Type Nominal SHW = Hot-Dipped Galvanized SSW = Stainless Steel = 6" 09 = 9" PFC = Peaked Flanged Cover PVC = Peaked Vented Flanged Cover HT = Horizontal Tee = " = " = " 36 = 36" 18 = 18" 48 = 48" = " 30 = 30" * Pre-Galvanized not available. 36 = 36" -385

Non-Metallic Tray Why Specify T& Non-Metallic Cable Tray?

wind, weather and saltwater Non-Metallic Cable Tray has stood up!

Pultrusion Technology: non-conductive, non-magnetic and corrosion-resistant.

Non-Metallic Cable Tray will not rust, nor does it ever require painting.

ating and selfextinguishing requirements of STM D-635.

Non-Metallic Cable Tray comes in two colors : Slate grey (polyester resin) and eige (vinylester resin).

128 Non-Metallic Tray Why Specify T& Non-Metallic Cable Tray? Non-Metallic Cable Tray Systems have been tested and proven in the harsh environment of the offshore oil and gas industry. Subject to the corrosive conditions inherent in petroleum products, plus the daily punishment of exposure to wind, weather and saltwater Non-Metallic Cable Tray has stood up! Non-Metallic Cable Tray gives you the load capacity of steel plus the inherent characteristics afforded by our Pultrusion Technology: non-conductive, non-magnetic and corrosion-resistant. lthough light in weight, their strength-to-weight ratio surpasses that of equivalent steel products. Non-Metallic Cable Tray will not rust, nor does it ever require painting. vailable in both polyester and vinylester resin systems, they are manufactured to meet STM E-84, Class 1 Flame ating and selfextinguishing requirements of STM D-635. The CS/NEM loadings are load-tested in accordance with NEM/CS guidelines. Non-Metallic Cable Tray comes in two colors : Slate grey (polyester resin) and eige (vinylester resin). Custom colors are available on request. Veil Mat Unidirectionally aligned glass fibers bonded with resin Polyester or vinylester surface surface veil is applied during the pultrusion process to ensure a resin-rich surface for superior corrosion resistance as well as an ultraviolet exposure barrier. Horizontal and vertical drops, exterior installation. Horizontal (suspended) tray, with vertical drop to machinery below Horizontal bends change direction of tray suspended from deck above -386

129 Non-Metallic Tray Straight Section Catalog Numbering System To Order To order a straight section of cable tray, select the appropriate size and material from the charts below and place those symbols in the sequence shown to form the complete catalogue number. Selection Process Non-metallic cable tray system Select the correct Thomas & etts series cable tray using the Load Data for straight sections found on pages Select the resin required. efer to Corrosion Guide on pages of the Technical Data section for the effect of enviromental conditions on the desired material. For the effective temperature range, see page -444 of the same section. Select the rung spacing required to properly support cables in tray. Select the desired width in inches. Select the straight section length in inches. Straight Section Catalog Selector NM - 4 P 09-0 Cable Tray System Non-Metallic Series C H6C P = Polyester esin V = Vinylester esin ung Spacing 6" 9" " 18" 6" 9" " 18" " 30" 36" Length 0" = 10' 0" = 20' Example: NM-4P09-0 for 4' side rail, polyester resin, 9" rung spacing, " wide, 0" (10 ft) length. Note: One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included with each length. For other types of splice plates, see page

Non-Metallic Tray 3" Straight Section Straight Section Catalog Selector Cable Tray System Non-Metallic Series 3 NM - 3 P 09-0 1" P = Polyester esin V = Vinylester esin ung Spacing 6" 9" " 18" 6" 9" "

130 Non-Metallic Tray 3" Straight Section Straight Section Catalog Selector Cable Tray System Non-Metallic Series 3 NM - 3 P " P = Polyester esin V = Vinylester esin ung Spacing 6" 9" " 18" 6" 9" " 18" " 30" 36" Length 0" = 10' 0" = 20' NEM 2" FILL 3" 1" Side ail Height : 3' (2" loading depth) Specifications Series 3 Support Span (Ft.) Safety Factor Design Load lb./ft Deflection K Factor Splice Plates One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 (316 Stainless Steel) hardware included. Loading CS load class: C1/3M NEM 8C " rung spacing Deflection Factor To calculate deflection at any span length for lighter loads than listed, multiply the load by the K factor. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. -388

131 Non-Metallic Tray 4" Straight Section Straight Section Catalog Selector Cable Tray System Non-Metallic Series 4 NM - 4 P " P = Polyester esin V = Vinylester esin ung Spacing 6" 9" " 18" 6" 9" " 18" " 30" 36" Length 0" = 10' 0" = 20' NEM 3" FILL 4" 1" Side ail Height : 4" (3" loading depth) Specifications Series 4 Safety Support Span (Ft.) Factor Design Load lb./ft Deflection K Factor Splice Plates Loading Deflection Factor One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 (316 Stainless Steel) hardware included. CS load class: C1/3M NEM 0 " rung spacing To calculate deflection at any span length for lighter loads than listed, multiply the load by the K factor. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. -389

132 Non-Metallic Tray 6" Straight Section 6 Series Straight Section Catalog Selector Cable Tray System Non-Metallic Series 6 NM - 6 P " P = Polyester esin V = Vinylester esin ung Spacing 6" 9" " 18" 6" 9" " 18" " 30" 36" Length 0" = 10' 0" = 20' NEM 5" FILL 6" 1" Side ail Height : 6" (5" loading depth) Specifications Series 6 Safety Support Span (Ft.) Factor Design Load lb./ft Deflection K Factor Splice Plates One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 (316 Stainless Steel) hardware included. Loading CS load class: E/3M NEM 20 " rung spacing Deflection Factor To calculate deflection at any span length for lighter loads than listed, multiply the load by the K factor. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. -390

133 Non-Metallic Tray 6" Straight Section 6C Series Straight Section Catalog Selector Cable Tray System Non-Metallic Series 6C NM - 6C P " P = Polyester esin V = Vinylester esin ung Spacing 6" 9" " 18" 6" 9" " 18" " 30" 36" Length 0" = 10' 0" = 20' NEM 5" FILL 6" 1" Side ail Height : 6" (5" loading depth) Specfications Series 6C Safety Support Span (Ft.) Factor Design Load lb./ft Deflection K Factor Splice Plates One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 (316 Stainless Steel) hardware included. Loading CS load class: E/3M, D/6M NEM 20C " rung spacing Deflection Factor To calculate deflection at any span length for lighter loads than listed, multiply the load by the K factor. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. -391

Non-Metallic Tray 6" Straight Section H6C Series Straight Section Catalog Selector Cable Tray System Non-Metallic NM - H6C P 09-0 Series H6C 1 5 8" P = Polyester esin V = Vinylester esin ung Spacing

134 Non-Metallic Tray 6" Straight Section H6C Series Straight Section Catalog Selector Cable Tray System Non-Metallic NM - H6C P 09-0 Series H6C 1 5 8" P = Polyester esin V = Vinylester esin ung Spacing 6" 9" " 18" 6" 9" " 18" " 30" 36" Length 0" = 10' 0" = 20' NEM 5" FILL 6" 1" Side ail Height : 6" (5" loading depth) Specifications Series H6C Safety Support Span (Ft.) Factor Design Load lb./ft Deflection K Factor Design Load lb./ft Deflection K Factor Splice Plates One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 (316 Stainless Steel) hardware included. Loading CS load class: *D/6M (* with safety factor of 1.5 only), E/3M NEM 20C " rung spacing Deflection Factor To calculate deflection at any span length for lighter loads than listed, multiply the load by the K factor. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. -392

Non-Metallic Tray s Catalog Numbering System To Order To order a fitting for a complete cable tray system, select the appropriate size, material, angle, type and radius from the charts below.

135 Non-Metallic Tray s Catalog Numbering System To Order To order a fitting for a complete cable tray system, select the appropriate size, material, angle, type and radius from the charts below. Place those symbols in the sequence shown to form the complete catalogue number. Selection Process Non-metallic cable tray system For mitered fittings when available Select height of fitting required for application. This should match tray series and height selection. Select the resin required. efer to Corrosion Guide on pages of the Technical Data section for the effect of enviromental conditions on the desired material, for the effective temperature range, see page -444 of the same section. Select the desired width in inches. ngle of fitting required for application Type of fitting required for application. See choices below. required for application. This would be determined by allowable radius of cables being installed. Standard radius is ". Section Catalog Selector NM - M 4 P 90 H Cable Tray System Non-Metallic Mitered When available Series 3 4 P = Polyester esin V = Vinylester esin Example: NM-4P90H for " wide, 4' side rail, polyester resin, horizontal 90 bend with " radius. Note: Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". Stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. For other types of splice plates, see page " 9" " 18" " 30" 36" ngle Type H = Horizontal end HT = Horizontal Tee H = Horizontal Cross VI = Vertical Inside end VO = Vertical Outside end VT = Vertical Tee VTD = Vertical Tee, Down VTU = Vertical Tee, Up = ight educer L = Left educer S = Straight educer H = Horizontal Wye, ight HL = Horizontal Wye, Left CSF = Cable Support " " 36" -393

136 Non-Metallic Tray 3" Horizontal ends Catalog Numbering System NF - M 3 P 90 H Non- Metallic Mitered Height ngle Type Sample mitered fitting C C 90 Horizontal end 45 Horizontal end -- end Tray Dimensions -- end Tray Dimensions C 6 NM-M3-(Matl)-06-90H NM-M3-(Matl)-09-90H NM-M3-(Matl)--90H NM-M3-(Matl)-18-90H NM-M3-(Matl)--90H NM-M3-(Matl)-06-45H NM-M3-(Matl)-09-45H NM-M3-(Matl)--45H NM-M3-(Matl)-18-45H NM-M3-(Matl)--45H One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -394

Non-Metallic Tray 4" Horizontal ends Catalog Numbering System NF - M 4 P 90 H Non- Metallic Mitered Height ngle Type Sample molded fitting C C 90 Horizontal end -- end 36 Tray Dimensions 6

137 Non-Metallic Tray 4" Horizontal ends Catalog Numbering System NF - M 4 P 90 H Non- Metallic Mitered Height ngle Type Sample molded fitting C C 90 Horizontal end -- end 36 Tray Dimensions 6 NM-M4-(Matl)-06-90H NM-M4-(Matl)-09-90H NM-M4-(Matl)--90H NM-M4-(Matl)-18-90H NM-M4-(Matl)--90H NM-M4-(Matl)-30-90H NM-M4-(Matl)-36-90H NM-M4-(Matl)-06-90H NM-M4-(Matl)-09-90H NM-M4-(Matl)--90H NM-M4-(Matl)-18-90H NM-M4-(Matl)--90H NM-M4-(Matl)-30-90H NM-M4-(Matl)-36-90H NM-M4-(Matl)-06-90H NM-M4-(Matl)-09-90H NM-M4-(Matl)--90H NM-M4-(Matl)-18-90H NM-M4-(Matl)--90H NM-M4-(Matl)-30-90H NM-M4-(Matl)-36-90H One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Denotes molded fitting available. 45 Horizontal end -- end 36 Tray Dimensions C 6 NM-M4-(Matl)-06-45H NM-M4-(Matl)-09-45H NM-M4-(Matl)--45H NM-M4-(Matl)-18-45H NM-M4-(Matl)--45H NM-M4-(Matl)-30-45H NM-M4-(Matl)-36-45H NM-M4-(Matl)-06-45H NM-M4-(Matl)-09-45H NM-M4-(Matl)--45H NM-M4-(Matl)-18-45H NM-M4-(Matl)--45H NM-M4-(Matl)-30-45H NM-M4-(Matl)-36-45H NM-M4-(Matl)-06-45H / NM-M4-(Matl)-09-45H NM-M4-(Matl)--45H NM-M4-(Matl)-18-45H NM-M4-(Matl)--45H NM-M4-(Matl)-30-45H NM-M4-(Matl)-36-45H Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -395

138 Non-Metallic Tray 6" Horizontal ends Catalog Numbering System nm - M 6 P 90 H Non- Metallic Mitered Height For molded fitting, if available, please remove M in the catalogue number. Ex: NM-6P90H ngle Type Sample mitered fitting C C 90 Horizontal end -- end 36 Dimensions Tray () () 6 NM-M6-(Matl)-06-90H NM-M6-(Matl)-09-90H NM-M6-(Matl)--90H NM-M6-(Matl)-18-90H NM-M6-(Matl)--90H NM-M6-(Matl)-30-90H NM-M6-(Matl)-36-90H NM-M6-(Matl)-06-90H NM-M6-(Matl)-09-90H NM-M6-(Matl)--90H NM-M6-(Matl)-18-90H NM-M6-(Matl)--90H NM-M6-(Matl)-30-90H NM-M6-(Matl)-36-90H NM-M6-(Matl)-06-90H NM-M6-(Matl)-09-90H NM-M6-(Matl)--90H NM-M6-(Matl)-18-90H NM-M6-(Matl)--90H NM-M6-(Matl)-30-90H NM-M6-(Matl)-36-90H Horizontal end -- end 36 Tray Dimensions () () C () 6 NM-M6-(Matl)-06-45H NM-M6-(Matl)-09 45H NM-M6-(Matl)--45H NM-M6-(Matl)-18-45H NM-M6-(Matl)--45H NM-M6-(Matl)-30-45H NM-M6-(Matl)-36-45H NM-M6-(Matl)-06-45H NM-M6-(Matl)-09-45H NM-M6-(Matl)--45H NM-M6-(Matl)-18-45H NM-M6-(Matl)--45H NM-M6-(Matl)-30-45H NM-M6-(Matl)-36-45H NM-M6-(Matl)-06-45H NM-M6-(Matl)-09-45H NM-M6-(Matl)--45H NM-M6-(Matl)-18-45H NM-M6-(Matl)--45H NM-M6-(Matl)-30-45H NM-M6-(Matl)-36-45H One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Denotes molded fitting available. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -396

Non-Metallic Tray 3" Horizontal Tee and Cross Catalog Numbering System nm - M 3 P HT Non- Metallic Mitered Height Type Sample mitered fitting Sample mitered fitting W W Horizontal Tee -- end Tray

Tray Dimensions 6 NM-M3-(Matl)-06-45H 19 1 4 38 1 2 9 NM-M3-(Matl)-09-45H 20 3 4 41 1 2 NM-M3-(Matl)--45H 22 1 4 44 1 2 18 NM-M3-(Matl)-18-45H 25 1 4 50 1 2 NM-M3-(Matl)--45H 28 1 4 56 1 2 Two pairs

139 Non-Metallic Tray 3" Horizontal Tee and Cross Catalog Numbering System nm - M 3 P HT Non- Metallic Mitered Height Type Sample mitered fitting Sample mitered fitting W W Horizontal Tee -- end Tray Dimensions 6 NM-M3-(Matl)-06-HT NM-M3-(Matl)-09-HT NM-M3-(Matl)--HT NM-M3-(Matl)-18-HT NM-M3-(Matl)--HT Horizontal Cross -- end Tray Dimensions 6 NM-M3-(Matl)-06-45H NM-M3-(Matl)-09-45H NM-M3-(Matl)--45H NM-M3-(Matl)-18-45H NM-M3-(Matl)--45H Two pairs of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -397

140 Non-Metallic Tray 4" Horizontal Tee and Cross Catalog Numbering System nm - M 4 P HT Non- Metallic Mitered Height Type For molded fitting, if available, please remove M in the catalogue number. Ex: NM-4P-HT W Sample mitered fitting W Horizontal Tee Horizontal Cross -- end Tray Dimensions -- end Tray Dimensions 6 NM-M4-(Matl)-06-HT NM-M4-(Matl)-09-HT NM-M4-(Matl)--HT NM-M4-(Matl)-18-HT NM-M4-(Matl)--HT NM-M4-(Matl)-30-HT NM-M4-(Matl)-06-H NM-M4-(Matl)-09-H NM-M4-(Matl)--H NM-M4-(Matl)-18-H NM-M4-(Matl)--H NM-M4-(Matl)-30-H NM-M4-(Matl)-36-HT NM-M4-(Matl)-36-H NM-M4-(Matl)-06-HT NM-M4-(Matl)-09-HT NM-M4-(Matl)--1-M NM-M4-(Matl)-18-HT NM-M4-(Matl)--HT NM-M4-(Matl)-30-HT NM-M4-(Matl)-06-H NM-M4-(Matl)-09-H NM-M4-(Matl)--H NM-M4-(Matl)-18-H NM-M4-(Matl)--H NM-M4-(Matl)-30-H NM-M4-(Matl)-36-HT NM-M4-(Matl)-36-H NM-M4-(Matl)-06-HT NM-M4-(Matl)-09-HT NM-M4-(Matl)--HT NM-M4-(Matl)-18-HT NM-M4-(Matl)--HT NM-M4-(Matl)-30-HT NM-M4-(Matl)-36-HT NM-M4-(Matl)-06-H NM-M4-(Matl)-09-H NM-M4-(Matl)--H NM-M4-(Matl)-18-H NM-M4-(Matl)--H NM-M4-(Matl)-30-H NM-M4-(Matl)-36-H Two pairs of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Denotes molded fitting available. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -398

141 Non-Metallic Tray 6" Horizontal Tee and Cross Catalog Numbering System nm - M 6 P HT Non- Metallic Mitered Height Type For molded fitting, if available, please remove M in the catalogue number. Ex: NM-6PHT W 2 W 1 Sample mitered fitting W Horizontal Tee -- end 36 Tray Dimensions 6 NM-M6-(Matl)-06-HT NM-M6-(Matl)-09-HT NM-M6-(Matl)--HT NM-M6-(Matl)-18-HT NM-M6-(Matl)--HT NM-M6-(Matl)-30-HT NM-M6-(Matl)-36-HT NM-M6-(Matl)-06-HT NM-M6-(Matl)-09-HT NM-M6-(Matl)--HT NM-M6-(Matl)-18-HT NM-M6-(Matl)--HT NM-M6-(Matl)-30-HT NM-M6-(Matl)-36-HT NM-M6-(Matl)-06-HT NM-M6-(Matl)-09-HT NM-M6-(Matl)--HT NM-M6-(Matl)-18-HT NM-M6-(Matl)--HT NM-M6-(Matl)-30-HT NM-M6-(Matl)-36-HT Horizontal Cross -- end 36 Tray Dimensions 6 NM-M6-(Matl)-06-H NM-M6-(Matl)-09-H NM-M6-(Matl)--H NM-M6-(Matl)-18-H NM-M6-(Matl)--H NM-M6-(Matl)-30-H NM-M6-(Matl)-36-H NM-M6-(Matl)-06-H NM-M6-(Matl)-09-H NM-M6-(Matl)--H NM-M6-(Matl)-18-H NM-M6-(Matl)--H NM-M6-(Matl)-30-H NM-M6-(Matl)-36-H NM-M6-(Matl)-06-H NM-M6-(Matl)-09-H NM-M6-(Matl)--H NM-M3-(Matl)-18-H NM-M3-(Matl)--H NM-M3-(Matl)-30-H NM-M3-(Matl)-36-H Two pairs of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Denotes molded fitting available. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -399

Non-Metallic Tray 3" Horizontal educing Tee 3" Horizontal Expanding Tee Sample mitered fitting Catalog Numbering System nm - M 3 P HT Non- Metallic W 2 W 1 Mitered Height 1 2 Type Sample mitered

142 Non-Metallic Tray 3" Horizontal educing Tee 3" Horizontal Expanding Tee Sample mitered fitting Catalog Numbering System nm - M 3 P HT Non- Metallic W 2 W 1 Mitered Height 1 2 Type Sample mitered fitting Catalog Numbering System nm - M 3 P HT Non- Metallic W 2 W 1 Mitered Height 1 2 Type Horizontal educing Tee Horizontal Expanding Tee Tray " Tray " W1 W2 W1 W2 cat. No. 9 6 NM-M3-(Matl) HT NM-M3-(Matl)--06-HT NM-M3-(Matl)--09-HT NM-M3-(Matl) HT NM-M3-(Matl) HT NM-M3-(Matl)-18--HT NM-M3-(Matl)--06-HT NM-M3-(Matl)--09-HT NM-M3-(Matl)---HT NM-M3-(Matl)--18-HT NM-M3-(Matl) HT NM-M3-(Matl)---HT NM-M3-(Matl) HT NM-M3-(Matl)-06--HT NM-M3-(Matl)-09--HT NM-M3-(Matl) HT NM-M3-(Matl)-09--HT NM-M3-(Matl)--18-HT NM-M3-(Matl)---HT NM-M3-(Matl)-18--HT Two pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -400

143 Non-Metallic Tray 4" Horizontal educing Tee Catalog Numbering System nm - M 4 P HT Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 2 W 2 W 1 Type Sample mitered fitting W 2 W 1 Horizontal educing Tee " or " Tray W1 W2 *Insert radius (" or ") " " Horizontal educing Tee 36" Tray W1 W2 *Insert radius (36") 36" 9 6 NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl)--06-HT* NM-M4-(Matl)--09-HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl)-18--HT* NM-M4-(Matl)--06-HT* NM-M4-(Matl)--09-HT* NM-M4-(Matl)---HT* NM-M4-(Matl)--18-HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl)-30--HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl)-30--HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl)-36--HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl)-36--HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl)--06-HT NM-M4-(Matl)--09-HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl)-18--HT NM-M4-(Matl)--06-HT NM-M4-(Matl)--09-HT NM-M4-(Matl)---HT NM-M4-(Matl)--18-HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl)-30--HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl)-30--HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl)-36--HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl)-36--HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT Two pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -401

144 Non-Metallic Tray 4" Horizontal Expanding Tee Catalog Numbering System nm - M 4 P HT Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 2 W 2 W 1 Type Sample mitered fitting W 2 W 1 Horizontal Expanding Tee " or " Tray W1 W2 *Insert radius (" or ") " " Horizontal Expanding Tee 36" Tray W1 W2 Cat. no. *Insert radius (36") 36" 9 NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl)-06--HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl)-06--HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl)-09--HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl)-09--HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl)--18-HT* NM-M4-(Matl)---HT* NM-M4-(Matl)--30-HT* NM-M4-(Matl)--36-HT* NM-M4-(Matl)-18--HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl)--30-HT* NM-M4-(Matl)--36-HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT* NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl)-06--HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl)-06--HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl)-09--HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl)-09--HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl)--18-HT NM-M4-(Matl)---HT NM-M4-(Matl)--30-HT NM-M4-(Matl)--36-HT NM-M4-(Matl)-18--HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT NM-M4-(Matl)--30-HT NM-M4-(Matl)--36-HT NM-M4-(Matl) HT Two pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -402

145 Non-Metallic Tray 6" Horizontal educing Tee Catalog Numbering System nm - M 6 P HT Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 2 W 2 W 1 Type Sample mitered fitting W 2 W 1 Horizontal educing Tee " Tray W1 W2 " Horizontal educing Tee " or 36" Tray cat. No. W1 W2 *Insert radius (" or 36") " 36" in 9 6 NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl)--06-HT NM-M6-(Matl)--09-HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl)-18--HT NM-M6-(Matl)--06-HT NM-M6-(Matl)--09-HT NM-M6-(Matl)---HT NM-M6-(Matl)--18-HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl)-30--HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl)-30--HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl)-36--HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl)-36--HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl)-09-06HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--06HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--09HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-18-06HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-18-09HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-18-HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--06HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--09HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--18HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-30-06HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-30-09HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-30-HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-30-18HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-30-HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-36-06HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-36-09HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-36-HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-36-18HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-36-HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-36-30HT* Two pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -403

Non-Metallic Tray 6" Horizontal Expanding Tee Catalog Numbering System nm - M 6 P HT Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 2 W 2 W 1 Type Sample mitered fitting W 2 W 1 Horizontal Expanding Tee " W1 Tray W2

146 Non-Metallic Tray 6" Horizontal Expanding Tee Catalog Numbering System nm - M 6 P HT Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 2 W 2 W 1 Type Sample mitered fitting W 2 W 1 Horizontal Expanding Tee " W1 Tray W2 " Horizontal Expanding Tee " or 36" Tray cat. No. W1 W2 *Insert radius (" or 36") " 36" in 9 NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl)-06--HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl)-06--HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl)-09--HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl)-09--HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl)--18-HT NM-M6-(Matl)---HT NM-M6-(Matl)--30-HT NM-M6-(Matl)--36-HT NM-M6-(Matl)-18--HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl)--30-HT NM-M6-(Matl)--36-HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-06--HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-06--HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-09--HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-09--HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--18-HT* NM-M6-(Matl)---HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--30-HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--36-HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-18--HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--30-HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--36-HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* Two pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -404

Non-Metallic Tray 3" Horizontal Expanding/educing Cross Catalog Numbering System nm - M 3 P H Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 2 Horizontal Expanding/educing Cross Tray W1 W2 Type " 9 6

147 Non-Metallic Tray 3" Horizontal Expanding/educing Cross Catalog Numbering System nm - M 3 P H Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 2 Horizontal Expanding/educing Cross Tray W1 W2 Type " 9 6 NM-M3-(Matl) H NM-M3-(Matl)--06-H NM-M3-(Matl)--09-H NM-M3-(Matl) H NM-M3-(Matl) H Sample mitered fitting W 1 NM-M3-(Matl)-18--H NM-M3-(Matl)--06-H NM-M3-(Matl)--09-H NM-M3-(Matl)---H NM-M3-(Matl)--18-H W 2 Three pairs of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -405

148 Non-Metallic Tray 4" Horizontal Expanding/educing Cross Catalog Numbering System nm - M 4 P 30 H Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 2 W 1 W 2 Type Sample mitered fitting W 1 W 2 Horizontal Expanding/educing Cross " or " Tray W1 W2 cat. No. *Insert radius (" or ") " " 9 NM-M4-(Matl) H* NM-M4-(Matl)-06--H* NM-M4-(Matl) H* NM-M4-(Matl)-06--H* NM-M4-(Matl) H* NM-M4-(Matl) H* NM-M4-(Matl)-09--H* NM-M4-(Matl) H* NM-M4-(Matl)-09--H* NM-M4-(Matl) H* NM-M4-(Matl) H* NM-M4-(Matl)--18-H* NM-M4-(Matl)---H* NM-M4-(Matl)--30-H* NM-M4-(Matl)--36-H* NM-M4-(Matl)-18--H* NM-M4-(Matl) H* NM-M4-(Matl) H* NM-M4-(Matl)--30-H* NM-M4-(Matl)--36-H* NM-M4-(Matl) H* in Horizontal Expanding/educing Cross 36" Tray W1 W2 36" 9 NM-M4-(Matl) H NM-M4-(Matl)-06--H NM-M4-(Matl) H NM-M4-(Matl)-06--H NM-M4-(Matl) H NM-M4-(Matl) H NM-M4-(Matl)-09--H NM-M4-(Matl) H NM-M4-(Matl)-09--H NM-M4-(Matl) H NM-M4-(Matl) H NM-M4-(Matl)--18-H NM-M4-(Matl)---H NM-M4-(Matl)--30-H NM-M4-(Matl)--36-H NM-M4-(Matl)-18--H NM-M4-(Matl) H NM-M4-(Matl) H NM-M4-(Matl)--30-H NM-M4-(Matl)--36-H NM-M4-(Matl) H Three pairs of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -406

149 Non-Metallic Tray 6" Horizontal Expanding/educing Cross Catalog Numbering System nm - M 6 P H Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 2 W Type Sample mitered fitting W Horizontal Expanding/educing Cross " Tray W1 W2 " 9 6 NM-M6-(Matl) H NM-M6-(Matl)--06-H NM-M6-(Matl)--09-H NM-M6-(Matl) H NM-M6-(Matl) H NM-M6-(Matl)-18--H NM-M6-(Matl)--06-H NM-M6-(Matl)--09-H NM-M6-(Matl)---H NM-M6-(Matl)--18-H NM-M6-(Matl) H NM-M6-(Matl) H NM-M6-(Matl)-30--H NM-M6-(Matl) H NM-M6-(Matl)-30--H NM-M6-(Matl) H NM-M6-(Matl) H NM-M6-(Matl)-36--H NM-M6-(Matl) H NM-M6-(Matl)-36--H NM-M6-(Matl) H Horizontal Expanding/educing Cross " or 36" Tray W1 W2 cat. No. *Insert radius (" or 36") " 36" 9 NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-06--HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-06--HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-09--HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-09--HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--18-HT* NM-M6-(Matl)---HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--30-HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--36-HT* NM-M6-(Matl)-18--HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--30-HT* NM-M6-(Matl)--36-HT* NM-M6-(Matl) HT* in Three pairs of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -407

Non-Metallic Tray 3" Horizontal educers Catalog Numbering System nm - M 3 P L Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 Type 2 Sample mitered fitting W 2 W 2 W 2 W W 1 W 1 Left-Hand educer Straight educer

150 Non-Metallic Tray 3" Horizontal educers Catalog Numbering System nm - M 3 P L Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 Type 2 Sample mitered fitting W 2 W 2 W 2 W W 1 W 1 Left-Hand educer Straight educer ight-hand educer Horizontal educers Tray Left-Hand educer Straight educer ight-hand educer W1 W2 cat. No. () cat. No. () cat. No. () 9 6 NM-M3-(Matl)-09-L NM-M3-(Matl)-09-S06 16 NM-M3-(Matl) NM-M3-(Matl)--L NM-M3-(Matl)--S09 16 NM-M3-(Matl) NM-M3-(Matl)-18-L NM-M3-(Matl)-18-S NM-M3-(Matl) NM-M3-(Matl)-18-L NM-M3-(Matl)-18-S09 19 NM-M3-(Matl) NM-M3-(Matl)-18-L NM-M3-(Matl)-18-S NM-M3-(Matl) NM-M3-(Matl)--L NM-M3-(Matl)--S NM-M3-(Matl) NM-M3-(Matl)--L NM-M3-(Matl)--S09 22 NM-M3-(Matl) NM-M3-(Matl)--L NM-M3-(Matl)--S NM-M3-(Matl) NM-M3-(Matl)--L NM-M3-(Matl)--S NM-M3-(Matl) One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -408

Non-Metallic Tray 4" Horizontal educers Catalog Numbering System nm - M 4 P L Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 Type 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 Sample mitered fitting Horizontal educers W1 W 1 W 1 W 1 Left-Hand

NM-(Matl)--09 17 1 2 6 NM-M4-(Matl)-18-L06 26 1 2 NM-(Matl)-18-S06 20 1 2 NM-(Matl)-18-06 26 1 2 9 NM-M4-(Matl)-18-L09 23 1 2 NM-(Matl)-18-S09 19 NM-(Matl)-18-09 23 1 2 NM-M4-(Matl)-18-L 20 1 2

151 Non-Metallic Tray 4" Horizontal educers Catalog Numbering System nm - M 4 P L Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 Type 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 Sample mitered fitting Horizontal educers W1 W 1 W 1 W 1 Left-Hand educer Straight educer ight-hand educer Tray Left-Hand educer Straight educer ight-hand educer W2 cat. No. cat. No. cat. No. 9 6 NM-M4-(Matl)-09-L NM-(Matl)-09-S06 16 NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)--L NM-(Matl)--S NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)--L NM-(Matl)--S09 16 NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-18-L NM-(Matl)-18-S NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-18-L NM-(Matl)-18-S09 19 NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-18-L NM-(Matl)-18-S NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)--L NM-(Matl)--S NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)--L NM-(Matl)--S09 22 NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)--L NM-(Matl)--S NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)--L NM-(Matl)--S NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-30-L NM-(Matl)-30-S NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-30-L NM-(Matl)-30-S09 25 NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-30-L NM-(Matl)-30-S NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-30-L NM-(Matl)-30-S NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-30-L NM-(Matl)-30-S NM(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-36-L NM-(Matl)-36-S NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-36-L NM-(Matl)-36-S09 28 NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-36-L NM-(Matl)-36-S NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-36-L NM-(Matl)-36-S NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-36-LP NM-(Matl)-36-SP NM-(Matl) NM-M4-(Matl)-36-L NM-(Matl)-36-S NM-(Matl) One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -409

152 Non-Metallic Tray 6" Horizontal educers Catalog Numbering System nm - M 6 P L Non- Metallic Mitered Height 1 Type 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 Sample mitered fitting W 1 W 1 W 1 Left-Hand educer Straight educer ight-hand educer Horizontal educers W1 Tray Left-Hand educer Straight educer ight-hand educer W2 cat. No. cat. No. cat. No. 9 6 NM-(Matl)-09-L NM-(Matl)-09-S06 16 NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)--L NM-(Matl)--S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)--L NM-(Matl)--S09 16 NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-18-L NM-(Matl)-18-S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-18-L NM-(Matl)-18-S09 19 NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-18-L NM-(Matl)-18-S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)--L NM-(Matl)--S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)--L NM-(Matl)--S09 22 NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)--L NM-(Matl)--S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)--L NM-(Matl)--S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-30-L NM-(Matl)-30-S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-30-L NM-(Matl)-30-S09 25 NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-30-L NM-(Matl)-30-S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-30-L NM-(Matl)-30-S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-30-L NM-(Matl)-30-S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-36-L NM-(Matl)-36-S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-36-L NM-(Matl)-36-S09 28 NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-36-L NM-(Matl)-36-S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-36-L NM-(Matl)-36-S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-36-L NM-(Matl)-36-S NM-(Matl) NM-(Matl)-36-L NM-(Matl)-36-S NM-(Matl) One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -410

153 Non-Metallic Tray 3" Vertical ends Catalog Numbering System nm - M 3 P 90 VI Non- Metallic Mitered Height ngle Type VO Vertical Outside end Sample Mitered C C C VI Vertical Inside end Sample Mitered C VI 90 Mitered VO 90 Mitered VI 45 Mitered VO 45 Mitered 90 Vertical end -- end Tray cat. No. 6 NM-M3-(Matl)-06-90(*) 9 NM-M3-(Matl)-09-90(*) NM-M3-(Matl)--90(*) 18 NM-M3-(Matl)-18-90(*) NM-M3-(Matl)--90(*) Vertical Outside end Vertical Inside end Vertical end -- end Tray cat. No. Vertical Outside end C Vertical Inside end C 6 NM-M3-(Matl)-06-45(*) 9 NM-M3-(Matl)-09-45(*) NM-M3-(Matl)--45(*) NM-M3-(Matl)-18-45(*) NM-M3-(Matl)--45(*) * dd: VI - For vertical inside/vo - For vertical outside One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -411

154 Non-Metallic Tray 4" Vertical ends Catalog Numbering System nm - M 4 P 90 VI Non- Metallic Mitered Height ngle For molded fitting, if available, please remove M in the catalog number. Ex: NM-4P90VI VO Vertical Outside end Type VI Vertical Inside end VO Vertical Outside end Sample Mitered C C VO Vertical Outside end VI Vertical Inside end Sample Mitered C C VI Vertical Inside end 90 Vertical end -- end Tray cat. No NM-M4-(Matl)-06-90(*) 9 NM-M4-(Matl)-09-90(*) NM-M4-(Matl)--90(*) 18 NM-M4-(Matl)-18-90(*) NM-M4-(Matl)--90(*) 30 NM-M4-(Matl)-30-90(*) 36 NM-M4-(Matl)-36-90(*) 6 NM-M4-(Matl)-06-90(*) 9 NM-M4-(Matl)-09-90(*) NM-M4-(Matl)--90(*) 18 NM-M4-(Matl)-18-90(*) NM-M4-(Matl)--90(*) 30 NM-M4-(Matl)-30-90(*) 36 NM-M4-(Matl)-36-90(*) 6 NM-M4-(Matl)-06-90(*)36 9 NM-M4-(Matl)-09-90(*)36 NM-M4-(Matl)--90(*)36 18 NM-M4-(Matl)-18-90(*)36 NM-M4-(Matl)--90(*)36 30 NM-M4-(Matl)-30-90(*)36 36 NM-M4-(Matl)-36-90(*)36 Vertical Outside end Vertical Inside end Vertical end -- end 36 Tray cat. No. Vertical Outside end C Vertical Inside end C 6 NM-M4-(Matl)-06-45(*) 9 NM-M4-(Matl)-09-45(*) NM-M4-(Matl)--45(*) 18 NM-M4-(Matl)-18-45(*) NM-M4-(Matl)--45(*) 30 NM-M4-(Matl)-30-45(*) 36 NM-M4-(Matl)-36-45(*) 6 NM-M4-(Matl)-06-45(*) 9 NM-M4-(Matl)-09-45(*) NM-M4-(Matl)--45(*) 18 NM-M4-(Matl)-18-45(*) NM-M4-(Matl)--45(*) 30 NM-M4-(Matl)-30-45(*) 36 NM-M4-(Matl)-36-45(*) 6 NM-M4-(Matl)-06-45(*)36 9 NM-M4-(Matl)-09-45(*)36 NM-M4-(Matl)--45(*)36 18 NM-M4-(Matl)-18-45(*) NM-M4-(Matl)--45(*)36 30 NM-M4-(Matl)-30-45(*)36 36 NM-M4-(Matl)-36-45(*)36 *dd VI - For vertical inside/vo - For vertical outside One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Denotes molded fitting available. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -4

Non-Metallic Tray 6" Vertical ends Catalog Numbering System nm - M 6 P 90 VI Non- Metallic Mitered Height ngle For molded fitting, if available, please remove M in the cataloguen number.

155 Non-Metallic Tray 6" Vertical ends Catalog Numbering System nm - M 6 P 90 VI Non- Metallic Mitered Height ngle For molded fitting, if available, please remove M in the cataloguen number. Ex: NM-6P90VI VO Vertical Outside end Type VI Vertical Inside end C VO Vertical Outside end Sample Mitered C VO Vertical Outside end VI Vertical Inside end Sample Mitered C C VI Vertical Inside end 90 Vertical end -- end Tray cat. No. 6 NM-M6-(Matl)-06-90(*) 9 NM-M6-(Matl)-09-90(*) NM-M6-(Matl)--90(*) 18 NM-M6-(Matl)-18-90(*) NM-M6-(Matl)--90(*) 30 NM-M6-(Matl)-30-90(*) 36 NM-M6-(Matl)-36-90(*) 6 NM-M6-(Matl)-06-90(*) 9 NM-M6-(Matl)-09-90(*) NM-M6-(Matl)--90(*) 18 NM-M6-(Matl)-18-90(*) NM-M6-(Matl)--90(*) 30 NM-M6-(Matl)-30-90(*) 36 NM-M6-(Matl)-36-90(*) 6 NM-M6-(Matl)-06-90(*)36 9 NM-M6-(Matl)-09-90(*)36 NM-M6-(Matl)--90(*) NM-M6-(Matl)-18-90(*)36 NM-M6-(Matl)--90(*)36 30 NM-M6-(Matl)-30-90(*)36 36 NM-M6-(Matl)-36-90(*)36 Vertical Outside end Vertical Inside end Vertical end -- end Tray cat. No. 36 Vertical Outside end C Vertical Inside end C 6 NM-M6-(Matl)-06-45(*) 9 NM-M6-(Matl)-09-45(*) NM-M6-(Matl)--45(*) 18 NM-M6-(Matl)-18-45(*) NM-M6-(Matl)--45(*) 30 NM-M6-(Matl)-30-45(*) 36 NM-M6-(Matl)-36-45(*) 6 NM-M6-(Matl)-06-45(*) 9 NM-M6-(Matl)-09-45(*) NM-M6-(Matl)--45(*) 18 NM-M6-(Matl)-18-45(*) NM-M6-(Matl)--45(*) 30 NM-M6-(Matl)-30-45(*) 36 NM-M6-(Matl)-36-45(*) 6 NM-M6-(Matl)-06-45(*)36 9 NM-M6-(Matl)-09-45(*)36 NM-M6-(Matl)--45(*)36 18 NM-M6-(Matl)-18-45(*) NM-M6-(Matl)--45(*)36 30 NM-M6-(Matl)-30-45(*)36 36 NM-M6-(Matl)-36-45(*)36 *dd VI - For vertical inside/vo - For vertical outside One pair of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Denotes molded fitting available. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. -413

156 Non-Metallic Tray 3" Vertical Tees Catalog Numbering System nm - M 3 P VT Non- Metallic VTD Vertical Tee Down Mitered Mitered Height Type VTU Vertical Tee Up Mitered 4" Vertical Tees Catalog Numbering System nm - M 4 P VT Non- Mitered Height Type Metallic For molded fitting, if available, please remove M in the catalogue number. Ex: NM-4PVTD 4" Vertical Tees -- end 36 Tray VTD Vertical Tee Down cat. No. 6 NM-M4-(Matl)-06-(*) 9 NM-M4-(Matl)-09-(*) NM-M4-(Matl)--(*) 18 NM-M4-(Matl)-18-(*) NM-M4-(Matl)--(*) 30 NM-M4-(Matl)-30-(*) 36 NM-M4-(Matl)-36-(*) 6 NM-M4-(Matl)-06-(*) 9 NM-M4-(Matl)-09-(*) NM-M4-(Matl)--(*) 18 NM-M4-(Matl)-18-(*) NM-M4-(Matl)--(*) 30 NM-M4-(Matl)-30-(*) 36 NM-M4-(Matl)-36-(*) 6 NM-M4-(Matl)-06-(*)36 9 NM-M4-(Matl)-09-(*)36 NM-M4-(Matl)--(*)36 18 NM-M4-(Matl)-18-(*)36 NM-M4-(Matl)--(*)36 30 NM-M4-(Matl)-30-(*)36 Vertical Tee Down Vertical Tee Up * dd: VTD - For vertical tee down/vtu - For vertical tee up Two pairs of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. VTU Vertical Tee Up 3" Vertical Tees -- end Tray cat. No. Vertical Tee Down 6" Vertical Tees Catalog Numbering System nm - M 6 P VT Vertical Tee Up 6 NM-M3-(Matl)-06-(*) 9 NM-M3-(Matl)-09-(*) NM-M3-(Matl)--(*) NM-M3-(Matl)-18-(*) NM-M3-(Matl)--(*) * dd: VTD - For vertical tee down/vtu - For vertical tee up Two pairs of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Standard rung spacing for fittings is 9". For other types of splice plates, see page Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. Non- Mitered Height Type Metallic For molded fitting, if available, please remove M in the catalogue number. Ex: NM-6PVTD 6" Vertical Tees -- end 36 VTD Vertical Tee Down Tray cat. No. 6 NM-M6-(Matl)-06-(*) 9 NM-M6-(Matl)-09-(*) NM-M6-(Matl)--(*) 18 NM-M6-(Matl)-18-(*) NM-M6-(Matl)--(*) 30 NM-M6-(Matl)-30-(*) 6 NM-M6-(Matl)-06-(*) 9 NM-M6-(Matl)-09-(*) NM-M6-(Matl)--(*) 18 NM-M6-(Matl)-18-(*) NM-M6-(Matl)--(*) 30 NM-M6-(Matl)-30-(*) 36 NM-M6-(Matl)-36-(*) 6 NM-M6-(Matl)-06-(*)36 9 NM-M6-(Matl)-09-(*)36 NM-M6-(Matl)--(*)36 18 NM-M6-(Matl)-18-(*)36 NM-M6-(Matl)--(*)36 30 NM-M6-(Matl)-30-(*)36 36 NM-M6-(Matl)-36-(*)36 VTU Vertical Tee Up Vertical Tee Down * dd: VTD - For vertical tee down / VTU - For vertical tee up Two pairs of stainless steel SS6 splice plates with SS6 hardware included. Denotes molded fitting available. Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory. Consult factory for availability of molded fittings. Vertical Tee Up

Non-Metallic Tray ccessories Cable Tray System Non-Metallic 6" splice plate comes with non-metallic hardware ccessory Number Example: NM-SS4004SS6, Stainless steel 316, 4 holes supplied with

6" splice plate comes with metallic hardware NM - SS 4 00 4 SS6 SS = Stainless Steel FP = Fiberglass P = Polyester V = Vinylester # of Holes in Plate 4 8 Type/ngle 00 = Strait 01 = Slotted Straight

hardware Type V = Vertical H = Horizontal Hardware 316 Stainless SS6 = Steel M0 = Monel S = Silicon ronze F = Fiberglass Note: Splice plates shown on pages -415-417 represent splices for 6" side rail

157 Non-Metallic Tray ccessories Cable Tray System Non-Metallic 6" splice plate comes with non-metallic hardware ccessory Number Example: NM-SS4004SS6, Stainless steel 316, 4 holes supplied with stainless steel 316 hardware for a 4" deep straight section. 6" splice plate comes with metallic hardware NM - SS SS6 SS = Stainless Steel FP = Fiberglass P = Polyester V = Vinylester # of Holes in Plate 4 8 Type/ngle 00 = Strait 01 = Slotted Straight 02 = Vertical djustable 03 = Horizontal djustable 04 = Step Down 05 = Tray to ox 30 = 30 ngle 45 = 45 ngle 90 = 90 ngle Tray Series 3" 4" 6" Stainless steel 4" splice plate comes with metallic hardware Type V = Vertical H = Horizontal Hardware 316 Stainless SS6 = Steel M0 = Monel S = Silicon ronze F = Fiberglass Note: Splice plates shown on pages represent splices for 6" side rail height. Number of holes may vary with other side rail heights. Standard Splice Plates Quantity required supplied with each tray section. Order only pairs of splice plates needed for field modifications. SS6 hardware supplied as standard use SS6 suffix. Other hardware available, specify by hardware suffix. Hardware other than SS6 is considered special. Height cat. No. 6" NM-SS-8006* Stainless Steel 4" NM-SS-4004* 3" NM-SS-4003* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number Expansion Splice Plates These plates allow for up to 1" expansion or contraction of tray system. For correct gap setting procedure, see page Stainless Steel 316 (16 gauge) Side ail Height cat. No. 6" NM-SS-8016* 4" NM-SS-4014* 3" NM-SS-4013* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number ll splice plate hardware is 3 8". -415

Non-Metallic Tray ccessories Horizontal djustable Splice Plates These plates provide for changes in the horizontal direction that do not conform to standard fittings. Furnished in pairs.

lind End Plate This plate forms a closure for any tray that dead ends. Furnished as one plate. Stainless Steel 316 (16 Guage) Stainless Steel 316 (16 Guage) Side ail Height cat. No.

6" NM-SS-8026* 4" NM-SS-40* 3" NM-SS-4023* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number Height cat. No.

158 Non-Metallic Tray ccessories Horizontal djustable Splice Plates These plates provide for changes in the horizontal direction that do not conform to standard fittings. Furnished in pairs. Vertical djustable Splice Plates These plates provide for changes in elevation that do not conform to standard vertical fittings. Furnished in pairs. lind End Plate This plate forms a closure for any tray that dead ends. Furnished as one plate. Stainless Steel 316 (16 Guage) Stainless Steel 316 (16 Guage) Side ail Height cat. No. 6" NM-SS-8036* 4" NM-SS-4034* 3" NM-SS-4033* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number Side ail Height cat. No. 6" NM-SS-8026* 4" NM-SS-40* 3" NM-SS-4023* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number Height cat. No. 6" NM-E*1086W** Stainless Steel 4" NM-E*1084W** 3" NM-E*1083W** * suffix: P=Polyester, V= Vinylester, S=Stainless Steel ** Harware suffix needed to complete part number W = tray width Tray To ox Splice Plates These plates are used to attach the end of a tray run to a distribution box or control center. Furnished in pairs. Height cat. No. 6" NM-SS8056* Stainless Steel 4" NM-SS4054* 3" NM-SS4053* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number Step Down Plates These splice plates provide for changes in side rail heights. Furnished in pairs. Height cat. No. Stainless Steel 316 (16 Guage) 6" to 3" NM-SS-8063* 6" to 4" NM-SS-8064* 4" to 3" NM-SS-4043* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number ll splice plate hardware is 3 8". Splice plates shown represent splices for 6" side rail height. Number of holes may vary with other side rail heights. -416

Non-Metallic Tray ccessories Vertical Splice Plates 90 These splice plates provide for changes in elevation. Furnished in pairs.

Furnished in pairs. Horizontal Splice Plates 90 These splice plates provide for changes in the horizontal direction. Furnished in pairs.

Stainless 6" NM-SS-8906V* Steel 316 4" NM-SS-4904V* (16 Guage) 3" NM-SS-4903V* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number Stainless

NM-SS-8306V* Steel 316 4" NM-SS-4304V* (16 Guage) 3" NM-SS-4303V* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number Stainless 6"

provide for changes in the horizontal direction. Furnished in pairs.

splice plates Stainless 6" NM-SS-8306H* Steel 316 4" NM-SS-4304H* (16 Guage) 3" NM-SS-4303H* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part

159 Non-Metallic Tray ccessories Vertical Splice Plates 90 These splice plates provide for changes in elevation. Furnished in pairs. 45 These splice plates provide for changes in elevation. Furnished in pairs. 30 These splice plates provide for changes in elevation. Furnished in pairs. Horizontal Splice Plates 90 These splice plates provide for changes in the horizontal direction. Furnished in pairs. Side ail Height cat. No. Stainless 6" NM-SS-8906V* Steel 316 4" NM-SS-4904V* (16 Guage) 3" NM-SS-4903V* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number Side ail Height cat. No. Stainless 6" NM-SS-8456V* Steel 316 4" NM-SS-4454V* (16 Guage) 3" NM-SS-4453V* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number Side ail Height cat. No. Stainless 6" NM-SS-8306V* Steel 316 4" NM-SS-4304V* (16 Guage) 3" NM-SS-4303V* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number Side ail Height cat. No. Stainless 6" NM-SS-8906H* Steel 316 4" NM-SS-4904H* (16 Guage) 3" NM-SS-4903H* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number 45 These splice plates provide for changes in the horizontal direction. Furnished in pairs. Side ail Height cat. No. Stainless 6" NM-SS-8456H* Steel 316 4" NM-SS-4454H* (16 Guage) 3" NM-SS-4453H* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number 30 These splice plates provide for changes in the horizontal direction. Furnished in pairs. Side ail Height cat. No. Stainless 6" NM-SS-8306H* Steel 316 4" NM-SS-4304H* (16 Guage) 3" NM-SS-4303H* * Hardware suffix needed to complete part number ll splice plate hardware is 3 8". Splice plates shown represent splices for 6" side rail height. Number of holes may vary with other side rail heights. -417

Non-Metallic Tray ccessories Ladder Drop-out Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with adequate radius to protect cable as it exits from the tray, preventingdamage to

160 Non-Metallic Tray ccessories Ladder Drop-out Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with adequate radius to protect cable as it exits from the tray, preventingdamage to insulation. arriers Furnished with #10 x 3 4 self-tapping stainless steel screws. Height cat. No. Polyester esin 6" to 36" NM-F-1104-W Supplied with a 4" radius. W = tray width Polyester esin Vinylester esin Side ail Height cat. No. 6" NM-S06P-0 4" NM-S04P-0 3" NM-S03P-0 6" NM-S06V-0 4" NM-S04V-0 3" NM-S03V-0 Flexible Horizontal arrier Kit One Kit allows up to 38" radius position of the barrier. For larger than 38" radius barrier position, two kits are required. Kit Contents (1) 72" Straight arrier (4) F-9002 arrier Strip Clips (8) Thermoplastic Drive ivets (4) #10 x 3 4" Stainless Steel Self-Tapping Screws ssembly required directions included Polyester esin Vinylester esin Side ail Height Loading Depth 'H' cat. No. 6" NM-S06P-90HFL 4" NM-S04P-90HFL 3" NM-S03P-90HFL 6" NM-S06V-90HFL 4" NM-S04V-90HFL 3" NM-S03V-90HFL arrier Mounting ngle Clips with Fasteners 1 pack contains (4) angle clips and fasteners (2) thermoplastic drive rivets (1) #10 x 3 4" stainless steel self-tapping screw Polylester esin cat. No. NM-PK-C -418

Non-Metallic Tray ccessories Clamp/Guide Combination hold-down clamp and guide. Designed for 3 8" hardware not included. Furnished in pairs. Vertical arriers arriers for vertical fitting.

161 Non-Metallic Tray ccessories Clamp/Guide Combination hold-down clamp and guide. Designed for 3 8" hardware not included. Furnished in pairs. Vertical arriers arriers for vertical fitting. Please add angle () and radius ( ) to catalogue number. Furnished with #10 x 3 4" self-tapping stainless steel screws. VO VI Polyester esin Polyester esin Vinylester esin VI = Inside vertical VO = Outside vertical Side ail Height cat. No. NM-FP-08 cat. No. 6" NM-S06P()VI/VO( ) 4" NM-S06P()VI/VO( ) 3" NM-S06P()VI/VO( ) 6" NM-S06V()VI/VO( ) 4" NM-S06V()VI/VO( ) 3" NM-S06V()VI/VO( ) Spray Sealant Spray acrylic to reseal fiberglass after field modifications. Description cat. No. fl. oz. can NM-CLE-15 esin Seal Kit To reseal fiberglass after field modifications. Vinylester esin Kit Contents esin Catalyst Stir stick and applicator Description cat. No. 1 2 pint NM-SK-05 1 pint NM-SK

Non-Metallic Tray Covers For Straight Sections thickness: 1 8" Standard cover length: 0" (10') Standard mounting hardware: (10 each) #10 x 1 2" stainless, self-tapping screws provided with each

FC P 0 Cover Type FC = Flat PC = Peaked P = Polyester V = Vinylester Note: Peaked covers available for straight sections only.

Please consult your sales office. Designation H IV/OV HT H Length 0" (10 ft.) ngle 30 45 60 90 36 Standard Cover Clamp ecommended for indoor applications.

6" NM-CC-P-9016 4" NM-CC-P-9014 3" NM-CC-P-9013 6" NM-CC-V-9016 4" NM-CC-V-9014 3" NM-CC-V-9013 Heavy-Duty Cover Clamp ecommended for outdoor service.

162 Non-Metallic Tray Covers For Straight Sections thickness: 1 8" Standard cover length: 0" (10') Standard mounting hardware: (10 each) #10 x 1 2" stainless, self-tapping screws provided with each section Covers For s thickness: 1 8" Standard mounting hardware: (10 each) #10 x 1 2" stainless, self-tapping screws provided with each section Non- Metallic Non- Metallic Covers Selection Guide NM - FC P 0 Cover Type FC = Flat PC = Peaked P = Polyester V = Vinylester Note: Peaked covers available for straight sections only. Covers Selection Guide Tray 6" 36" NM - FC P H 90 Cover Type FC = Flat P = Polyester V = Vinylester 6" 36" Note: Peaked covers not available. Other fitting covers are available. Please consult your sales office. Designation H IV/OV HT H Length 0" (10 ft.) ngle Standard Cover Clamp ecommended for indoor applications. vailable in both Polyester and Vinylester es Cover clamp available for flat covers only. Polyester esin Vinylester esin Side ail Height cat. No. 6" NM-CC-P " NM-CC-P " NM-CC-P " NM-CC-V " NM-CC-V " NM-CC-V-9013 Heavy-Duty Cover Clamp ecommended for outdoor service. Heavy-duty cover clamp available for flat covers only. vailable in both Polyester and Vinylester es Polyester esin Vinylester esin * W = tray width Side ail Height cat. No. 6" NM-WC-P-W* " NM-WC-P-W* " NM-WC-P-W* " NM-WC-C-W* " NM-WC-C-W* " NM-WC-C-W*-9034 Thermoplastic Drive ivet Shipped in packages of 25 pieces. cat. No. Thermoplastic TPD aised cover clamps available. Plesase consult your sales offices. -420

Non-Metallic Tray Fiberglass Cable Channel Straight Sections Thomas & etts offers non-metallic cable channel in solid or ventilated straight sections.

163 Non-Metallic Tray Fiberglass Cable Channel Straight Sections Thomas & etts offers non-metallic cable channel in solid or ventilated straight sections. Horizontal and vertical solid bottom fittings are also available to complete your system layout. Straight Section Catalog Selector Non- Metallic NM - FCC V P 04 0 Series Fiberglass Cable Channel ottom Type V = Ventilated N = Nonventilated P = Polyester esin V = Vinylester esin Example: NM-FCCVP04-0 for Polyester esin Cable Channel, 4" wide ventilated bottom, 0" (10 ft.) length 02 = 2" 03 = 3" 04 = 4" 06 = 6" 08 = 8" Length 0 = 0" (10 ft.) 0 = 0" (20 ft.) Specifications Height Ventilated Length ft. Polyester VinylEster Height Nonventilated Length ft. Polyester VinylEster 1 10 NM-FCCVP-02-0 NM-FCCVV NM-FCCNP-02-0 NM-FCCNV NM-FCCVP-02-0 NM-FCCVV NM-FCCNP-02-0 NM-FCCNV NM-FCCVP-03-0 NM-FCCVV NM-FCCNP-03-0 NM-FCCNV NM-FCCVP-03-0 NM-FCCVV NM-FCCNP-03-0 NM-FCCNV NM-FCCVP-04-0 NM-FCCVV NM-FCCNP-04-0 NM-FCCNV NM-FCCVP-04-0 NM-FCCVV NM-FCCNP-04-0 NM-FCCNV NM-FCCVP-06-0 NM-FCCVV NM-FCCNP-06-0 NM-FCCNV NM-FCCVP-06-0 NM-FCCVV NM-FCCNP-06-0 NM-FCCNV NM-FCCVP-08-0 NM-FCCVV NM-FCCNP-08-0 NM-FCCNV NM-FCCVP-08-0 NM-FCCVV NM-FCCNP-08-0 NM-FCCNV-08-0 Splice plates NOT included. See following page for types of splice plates available. Covers are available. Please consult your sales office. -421

Non-Metallic Tray Cable Channel s Horizontal ends Vertical ends VO H Horizontal end Vertical VI ngle cat. No.

hardware included. For vinylester resin, use V instead of P in catalog number. Example: FCCNV-04-90H ngle cat. No.

SS6 hardware included. For vinylester resin, use V instead of P in catalog number. Example: FCCNV-04-90VI Horizontal Tees HT cat. No.

164 Non-Metallic Tray Cable Channel s Horizontal ends Vertical ends VO H Horizontal end Vertical VI ngle cat. No. 3" NM-FCCNP-03-90H 90 4" NM-FCCNP-04-90H 6" NM-FCCNP-06-90H 8" NM-FCCNP-08-90H 3" NM-FCCNP-03-45H 45 4" NM-FCCNP-04-45H 6" NM-FCCNP-06-45H 8" NM-FCCNP-08-45H One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. For vinylester resin, use V instead of P in catalog number. Example: FCCNV-04-90H ngle cat. No. 3" NM-FCCNP-03-90V* 90 4" NM-FCCNP-04-90V* 6" NM-FCCNP-06-90V* 8" NM-FCCNP-08-90V* 3" NM-FCCNP-03-45V* 45 4" NM-FCCNP-04-45V* 6" NM-FCCNP-06-45V* 8" NM-FCCNP-08-45V* One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included. For vinylester resin, use V instead of P in catalog number. Example: FCCNV-04-90VI Horizontal Tees HT cat. No. 3 NM-FCCNP-03-HT 4 NM-FCCNP-04-HT 6 NM-FCCNP-06-HT 8 NM-FCCNP-08-HT Two pairs of splice plates included. For vinylester resin, use V instead of P in catalog number. Example: FCCNV-04-HT Horizontal Crosses H cat. No. 3 NM-FCCNP-03-H 4 NM-FCCNP-04-H 6 NM-FCCNP-06-H 8 NM-FCCNP-08-H Three pairs of splice plates included. For vinylester resin, use V instead of P in catalog number. Example: FCCNV-04-H Covers available. Please contact your sales office. -422

Non-Metallic Tray Cable Channel Splice Plates Standard Splice Plates Expansion Splice Plates Horizontal 90

Stainless Steel Polyester esin Vinylester esin Supplied in pairs Stainless Steel Polyester esin Vinylester

1 4" Stainless Steel 316. Cat. No. NM-SS-1001-SS6 NM-FP-1001-SS6 NM-FV-1001-SS6 Cat. No. NM-SS-1011-SS6 NM-FP-1011-SS6 NM-FV-1011-SS6 Cat.

NM-SS-145IH-SS6 NM-FP-145IH-SS6 NM-FV-145IH-SS6 Horizontal 30 Splice Plates Stainless Steel Polyester esin

NM-SS-130IH-SS6 NM-FP-130IH-SS6 NM-FV-130IH-SS6 Cable Channel Splice Plates Vertical 90 Splice Plates

Stainless Steel Polyester esin NM-SS-145IV-SS6 NM-FP-145IV-SS6 NM-FV-145IV-SS6 Vertical 30 Splice Plates

165 Non-Metallic Tray Cable Channel Splice Plates Standard Splice Plates Expansion Splice Plates Horizontal 90 Splice Plates Horizontal 45 Splice Plates Stainless Steel Polyester esin Vinylester esin Supplied in pairs Stainless Steel Polyester esin Vinylester esin Supplied in pairs Stainless Steel Polyester esin Vinylester esin Supplied in pairs Stainless Steel Polyester esin Vinylester esin Supplied in pairs Standard hardware is 1 4" Stainless Steel 316. Cat. No. NM-SS-1001-SS6 NM-FP-1001-SS6 NM-FV-1001-SS6 Cat. No. NM-SS-1011-SS6 NM-FP-1011-SS6 NM-FV-1011-SS6 Cat. No. NM-SS-190IH-SS6 NM-FP-190IH-SS6 NM-FV-190IH-SS6 Cat. No. NM-SS-145IH-SS6 NM-FP-145IH-SS6 NM-FV-145IH-SS6 Horizontal 30 Splice Plates Stainless Steel Polyester esin Vinylester esin Supplied in pairs Cat. No. NM-SS-130IH-SS6 NM-FP-130IH-SS6 NM-FV-130IH-SS6 Cable Channel Splice Plates Vertical 90 Splice Plates Stainless Steel Polyester esin Vinylester esin Supplied in pairs Cat. No. NM-SS-190IV-SS6 NM-FP-190IV-SS6 NM-FV-190IV-SS6 Vertical 45 Splice Plates Stainless Steel Polyester esin Vinylester esin Supplied in pairs Cat. No. NM-SS-145IV-SS6 NM-FP-145IV-SS6 NM-FV-145IV-SS6 Vertical 30 Splice Plates Stainless Steel Polyester esin Vinylester esin Supplied in pairs Cat. No. NM-SS-130IV-SS6 NM-FP-130IV-SS6 NM-FV-130IV-SS6-423

166 Technical Information Sample Plant Layout I Q E F G L ON K C H D OP N QP J M pplication Key Commercial Schools Hospitals Office uildings irports Casinos Stadiums Industrial Petro-Chemical Plants utomotive Plants Paper Plants Food Processing Power Plants efineries Manufacturing Mining arrier Strip ox Connector C Flat Cover D Horizontal Cross E Horizontal 45 F Horizontal 90 G Horizontal Tee H Ladder Tray I Peaked Cover J ight educer K Solid Tray L Splice Connector M Solid Channel Tray N Ventilated Tray O Vertical 90 Inside P Vertical 90 Outside Q Vertical Tee -4

167 Technical Information Glossary of Terms ccessories: Devices which are used to supplement the function of straight sections and fittings, and include such items as dropouts, covers, conduit adapters, hold-down devices and dividers. Cable Tray Connector: device that joins cable tray straight sections or fittings, or both. The basic types of connectors are: 1. igid 2. Expansion 3. djustable 4. educer Cable Tray : device that is used to change the direction, elevation or size of a cable tray system. Cable Support: device that provides adequate means for supporting cable tray sections or fittings, or both. The basic types of cable tray supports are: 1. Cantilever bracket 2. Trapeze 3. Individual and suspension Channel Cable Tray prefabricated metal structure consisting of a one-piece ventilated bottom or solid bottom channel section, or both, not exceeding six inches in width. Ladder Cable Tray prefabricated metal structure consisting of two longitudinal side rails connected by individual transverse members. Solid ottom Cable Tray: prefabricated metal structure consisting of a bottom with no openings within integral or separate longitudinal side rails. One Piece/Unit Cable Tray: prefabricated metal structure consisting of a one-piece solid or ventilated bottom. Horizontal Cross: cable tray fitting that is suitable for joining cable trays in four directions at 90-degree intervals in the same plane. Horizontal end: cable tray fitting that changes the direction in the same plane. Horizontal Tee: cable tray fitting that is suitable for joining cable trays in three directions at 90-degree intervals in the same plane. Metallic Cable Tray System: n assembly of cable tray straight section, fitting, and accessories that forms a rigid structural system to support cables. educer: cable tray fitting that is suitable for joining cable trays of different widths in the same plane. straight reducer has two symmetrical offset sides. right-hand reducer, when viewed from the large end, has a straight side on the right. left-hand reducer, when viewed from the large end, has a straight side on the left. Straight Section: length of cable tray that has no change in direction or size. Ventilated ottom: cable tray bottom having openings sufficient for the passage of air and utilizing 75 percent or less of the plan area of the surface to support cables. Vertical end: cable tray fitting that changes direction to a different plane. n inside vertical elbow changes direction upward from the horizontal plane. n outside vertical elbow changes direction downward from the horizontal plane. -425

168 Technical Information Cable Tray Selection Process T& has developed a seven-step process to help you select a cable tray system: 1. Select material and finish 2. Select the tray load class 3. Select the tray type 4. Select the tray size 5. Select the fittings 6. Consider deflection 7. Electrical grounding capacity Each step is described in detail below. For many applications, however, you may also have to take the following into account: Weight of the installation, which affects the cost of the support structure and the ease of installation. Corrosion resistance of the material is one of the most important selection criteria. Cable tray materials may not respond the same way in different environments. Chemicals or combinations of chemicals have corrosion effects on some materials that can be compounded by temperature or even the speed at which the corrosive elements contact the cable tray. For example, some grades of stainless steel may be resistant to salt water at high flow rates (perfect for heat exchangers) while exhibiting some corrosion pitting in standing salt water. For more information, see pages Galvanic effect can cause corrosion even if the cable tray material is resistant to its chemical environment. Dissimilar metals in contact (e.g., aluminum tray on steel supports or bare copper bonding conductor in aluminum tray) in the presence of an electrolyte are susceptible to galvanic effect. If there is a hazard of galvanic corrosion, it may be possible to isolate the tray system from other metals instead of using a more expensive type of tray that would resist corrosion in a given application. Melting point and flammability rating are primarily concerns for nonmetallic tray. Local building codes may restrict the use of a given product if certain performance levels are not met. Check with the appropriate inspection authorities before specifying the product. elative cost varies dramatically, including material costs that float with the commodity index. For example, stainless steel prices may vary significantly according to daily changes in the market. Thermal expansion must also be taken into account on a long cable run, especially in areas where temperature variation is extreme. Expansion connectors may be required if the temperature differential is 25 F or greater. See page -433 for expansion plate spacing and gap settings. Two bonding jumpers are required for every pair of splice plates for grounding continuity. Selection Steps: 1. Select and Finish The most suitable material and finish for your application will depend on cost, the potential for corrosion and electrical considerations. T& offers cable tray systems fabricated from corrosion-resistant steel, stainless steel and aluminum alloys along with corrosion-resistant finishes, including zinc, PVC and epoxy. Special paint is also available. For more information, see the Descriptions section on page Select the Tray Class/Load Capacity (Loading) The standard classes of cable trays, as related to their maximum design loads and to the associated design support spacing based on a simple beam span requirement, shall be designated in accordance with the Load/Span table (right). Please note the load ratings are those most commonly used. Other load ratings are acceptable. Costs vary between different load classes. Since labor and coupling costs are similar for a given length of tray, the heavier classes are more cost-effective on a load length basis. The designer should therefore specify the lightest class of tray compatible with the weight requirements of the cable tray. Cable Loads: The cable load is the total weight, expressed in (kg/m), of all the cables that will be placed in the cable tray. Snow Loads: The additional design load from snowfall should be determined using the building codes which apply for each installation. Ice Loads: The additional load design due to the ice is determined by the following formula: Wi = W x Ti x Di / 144 Where: Wi = ice load (lb./linear foot) W = width of the tray (inches) Ti = maximum ice thickness (inches) Di = 57 lb./ft. 3 ice density Ice thickness will vary depending on installation location. value of 1 2 inch can be used as a conservative standard. Wind Loads: The additional loading to be considered is the effect of the impact pressure normal to the side rail.this loading is determined by the following formula: Wp = x V 2 x H/ Where: Wp = loading due to the wind (lb./linear foot) V = wind velocity (mph) H = Height of the side rail (inches) Concentrated Loads: concentrated static load is not included in the table below. Some user applications may require that a given concentrated static load be imposed over and above the working load. Such a concentrated static load represents a static weight applied on the centerline of the tray at midspan. When so specified, the concentrated static load may be converted to an equivalent uniform load (We) in kilograms/ meter (pounds/linear foot), using the following formula, and added to the static weight of cable in the tray: We = 2 x concentrated static load, kg (lb.) Span length, m (ft.) Load/Span Class Designation SPN, m (ft.) kg/m lb./ft. 2.4 (8) 3.0 (10) 3.7 () 4.9 (16) 6.0 (20) D C E or C C 16C 20C D E Span Deflection Note: 8//C, //C, 16//C and 20//C are the traditional NEM designations., C, D and E are the conventional CS designations. -426

169 Technical Information 3. Select the Tray Type Cable tray is available with three styles of bottom: Ladder Cable Tray is a prefabricated structure consisting of two longitudinal siderails connected by individual transverse members. Ventilated Cable Tray is a prefabricated structure consisting of a ventilated bottom within integral or separate longitudinal siderails, with no openings exceeding 4 in a longitudinal direction. Solid ottom Cable Tray is a prefabricated structure without openings in the bottom. Ladder tray is most often used because of its cost-effectiveness. The designer has a choice of four nominal rung spacings: 6, 9, and 18 inches. The greatest rung spacing compatible with an adequate cable-bearing surface area should be selected. Heavy power cables often require greater cable bearing area due to the possibility of creep in the jacket material of the cable. If this is a concern, consult the cable manufacturer. This condition may require the use of ventilated tray, which also offers additional mechanical protection for the cables. Local building codes may require totally enclosed cable tray systems under certain conditions. The designer should verify these before specifying the type of tray to be used. Support Locations for s 4. Select the Tray Size The width or height of a cable tray is a function of the number, size, spacing and weight of the cables in the tray. vailable nominal widths are 6, 9,, 18,, 30 and 36 inches. When specifying width, it is important to remember that the load rating does not change as the width increases. Even with six times the volume, a 36-- wide tray cannot hold any more weight than a 6--wide tray. If the load rating of the tray permits, cable can be piled deeper in the tray. Most tray classes are available in a nominal 3 5 8, 4, 5, 6 and 7 inches (8-inch height also available as a special see ppendix). Cable ties or other spacing devices may be used to maintain the required air space between cables. 5. Select the s s are used to change the size or direction of the cable tray. The most important decision to be made in fitting design concerns radius. The radius of the bend, whether horizontal or vertical, can be,, 36 or 48, or even greater on a custom basis. The selection requires a compromise with the considerations being available space, minimum bending radius of cables, ease of cable pulling and cost. The typical radius is s are also available for 30, 45, 60 and 90 angles. When a standard angle will not work, field fittings or adjustable elbows can be used. It may be necessary to add supports to the tray at these points. efer to NEM VE2 Installation Guidelines for suggested support locations. Note that fittings are not subject to NEM/CS load ratings. 2'0" Max. (TP) L (TP) (TP) 1 2 L 2'0" Max. (TP) * * 30, 45, 60, 90 2'0" Max. (TP) 2'0" Max. (TP) 2'0" Max. (TP) Horizontal Tee Horizontal Cross Horizontal Elbow 2'0" Max. (TP) '0" Max. (TP) 45 2'0" Max. (TP) 2'0" Max. (TP) 2'0" Max. (TP) 2'0" Max. (TP) 2'0" Max. (TP) Horizontal Wye 2'0" Max. (TP) Straight educer Offset educer 2'0" Max. (TP) * 30, 45, 60, 90 2'0" Max. (TP) 2'0" Max. (TP) Vertical Elbows 2'0" Max. (TP) Vertical Tee -427

170 Technical Information 6. Consider Deflection Deflection of the cable tray affects the appearance of an installation, but it is not a structural issue. In the case of non-metallic cable tray, deflection may be affected by elevated temperatures. The NEM/CS load test is a simple beam, uniformly distributed load test (see illustration, right). This type of test was initially selected because: It was easiest to test. Simple vs. Continuous eam Deflection Theoretical maximum deflection for a simple beam, uniformly distributed load may be calculated as:.0130 w L 4 E I Where: w = Load in lb./ft. L = Length in Inches E = Modulus of Elasticity I = Moment of Inertia It represents the worst-case beam condition compared to continuous or fixed configurations. When consulting the manufacturer s catalog for deflection information, the designer must verify whether the data shown represents simple or continuous beam deflection. If continuous beam deflection is shown, the calculation factor should be given. NEM/CS has one criterion for acceptance under their load test: the ability to support 150% of the rated load. The maximum deflection calculation for a continuous beam of two spans with a uniformly distributed load is: w L 4 E I continuous beam of two spans therefore has a theoretical maximum deflection of only 42% of its simple beam deflection. s the number of spans increases, the beam behaves increasingly like a fixed beam, and the maximum deflection continues to decrease. s this occurs, the system s load-carrying capability increases. Test 1.5 x rated load x length Test Load = 1.5 x rated load x length Deflection Measurements Simple eam Deflection Measurements Simple eam Uniformly Distributed Load Load Maximum Deflection Maximum Deflection.0130 wl wlel 4 Continuous eam Two Spans Continuous eam Two Spans Uniformly Distributed Load EI Uniformly Distributed Load Maximum Deflection wl 4 4 EI El Location of Couplings Since different bending moments are created in each span, there is no simple factor to approximate deflection as the number of spans increases. It is possible to calculate these deflections at any given point by using second integration of the basic differential equation for beams. Testing shows that the center span of a three-tray continous beam can deflect less than 10 % of its simple beam deflection. Couplers at Supports Not ecommended 23mm mm 23mm Couplers at 1 4" Span from Supports Ideal Layout 1 4 span 23mm 3mm 23mm The support span should not be greater than the straight section length, to ensure no more than one splice is located between supports. Location of Couplers. The location of the coupler dramatically affects the deflection of a cable tray system under equal loading conditions. Testing indicates that the maximum deflection of the center span of a three-span tray run can decrease four times if the couplers are moved from one-quarter span to above the supports. This can be a major concern for designers considering modular systems for tray and pipe racks. -428

171 Technical Information s and Finishes s Most cable tray systems are fabricated from a corrosion-resistant metal (low-carbon steel, stainless steel or an aluminum alloy) or from a metal with a corrosion-resistant finish (zinc or epoxy). The choice of material for any particular installation depends on the installation environment (corrosion and electrical considerations) and cost. luminum Cable trays fabricated of extruded aluminum are often used for their high strength-to-weight ratio, superior resistance to certain corrosive environments, and ease of installation. They also offer the advantages of being lightweight (approximately 50% that of a steel tray) and maintenance free, and since aluminum cable trays are non-magnetic, electrical losses are reduced to a minimum. T& cable tray products are formed from the 6063 series alloys which by design are copper-free alloys for marine applications. These alloys contain silicon and magnesium in appropriate proportions to form magnesium silicide, allowing them to be heat treated. These magnesium-silicon alloys possess good formability and structural properties, as well as excellent corrosion resistance. The unusual resistance to corrosion, including weathering, exhibited by aluminum is due to the self-healing aluminum-oxide film that protects the surface. luminum s resistance to chemicals in the application environment should be tested before installation. Steel T& steel cable trays are fabricated from structural quality steels using a continuous roll-formed process. Forming and extrusions increase the mechanical strength. The main benefits of steel cable tray are its high strength and low cost. Disadvantages include high weight, low electrical conductivity and relatively poor corrosion resistance. The rate of corrosion will vary depending on many factors such as the environment, coating or protection applied and the composition of the steel. T& offers finishes and coatings to improve the corrosion resistance of steel. These include pre-galvanized, hot-dip galvanized (after fabrication), epoxy and special paints. Stainless Steel Stainless steel offers high yield strength and high creep strength at high ambient temperatures. T& stainless steel cable tray is roll-formed from ISI Type 316 stainless steel. Stainless steel is resistant to dyestuffs, organic chemicals and inorganic chemicals at elevated temperatures. Higher levels of chromium and nickel and a reduced level of carbon serve to increase corrosion resistance and facilitate welding. Type 316 includes molybdenum to increase high temperature strength and improve corrosion resistance, especially to chloride and sulfuric acid. Carbon content is reduced to facilitate welding. Galvanized Coatings The most widely used coating for cable tray is galvanizing. It is costeffective, protects against a wide variety of environ mental chemicals and is self-healing if an area becomes unprotected through cuts or scratches. Steel is coated with zinc through electrolysis by dipping steel into a bath of zinc salts. combination of carbonates, hydroxides and zinc oxides forms a protective film to protect the zinc itself. esistance to corrosion is directly related to the thickness of the coating and the harshness of the environment. Pre-Galvanized Pre-galvanized, also known as mill-galvanized or hot-dip mill-galvanized, is produced in a rolling mill by passing steel coils through molten zinc. These coils are then slit to size and fabricated. reas not normally coated during fabrication, such as cuts and welds, are protected by neighboring zinc, which works as a sacrificial anode. During welding, a small area directly affected by heat is also left bare, but the same self-healing process occurs. G90 requires a coating of.90 ounces of zinc per square foot of steel, or.32 ounces per square foot on each side of the metal sheet. In accordance with 653/653M-06a, pre-galvanized steel is not generally recommended for outdoor use or in industrial environments. Hot-Dip Galvanized fter the steel cable tray has been manufactured and assem bled, the entire tray is immersed in a bath of molten zinc, resulting in a coating of all surfaces, as well as all edges, holes and welds. Coating thickness is determined by the length of time each part is immersed in the bath and the speed of removal. Hot-dip galvanizing after fabrication creates a much thicker coating than the pre-galvanized process, a minimum of 3.0 ounces per square foot of steel or 1.50 ounces per square foot on each side of the sheet (according to STM3, grade 65). The process is recommended for cable tray used in most outdoor environments and many harsh industrial environment applications. Other Coatings Epoxy and special paint coatings are available on request. -429

172 Technical Information Corrosion Corrosion of metal occurs naturally when the metal is exposed to chemical or electrochemical attack. The atoms on the exposed surface of the metal come into contact with a substance, leading to deterioration of the metal through a chemical or electrochemical reaction. The corroding medium can be a liquid, gas or solid. lthough all metals are susceptible to corrosion, they corrode in different ways and at various speeds. Pure aluminum, bronze, brass, most stainless steels and zinc corrode relatively slowly, but some aluminum alloys, structural grades of iron and steel and the 400 series of stainless steels corrode quickly unless protected. Various types of metal corrosion are categorized by its appearance or the method of acceleration: Chemical corrosion occurs through dissolution of the metal by reaction with a corrosive medium Electrochemical corrosion involves chemical dissolution Galvanic corrosion is accelerated by a difference in potential between metals that are in contact Pitting corrosion is accelerated by a difference in the concentration of an ion or another dissolved substance Crevice corrosion is accelerated by oxygen concentration or ion cell formation Erosion corrosion is accelerated by a flow of liquid or gas Intergranular corrosion occurs at grain (or crystal) boundaries Electrochemical Corrosion Electrochemical corrosion is caused by an electrical current flow between two dissimilar metals, or if a difference of potential exists, between two areas of the same metal surface. The energy flow occurs only in the presence of an electrolyte, a moist conductor that contains ions, which carry an electric charge. Solutions of acids, alkalies and salts contain ions, making water especially salt water an excellent electrolyte. Galvanic Corrosion Galvanic corrosion results from the electrochemical reaction that occurs in the presence of an electrolyte when two dissimilar metals are in contact. The strength of the reaction and the extent of the corrosion depend on a number of factors, including the conductivity of the electrolyte and potential difference of the metals. The metal with less resistance becomes anodic and more subject to corrosion, while the more resistant becomes cathodic. The Galvanic Series Table, developed through laboratory tests on industrial metal alloys in sea water (a powerful electrolyte), lists metals according to their relative resistance to galvanic corrosion. Those less resistant to galvanic corrosion (anodic) are at the top, and those more resistant (cathodic) are at the bottom. The metals grouped together are subject to only slight galvanic effect when in contact, and metals at the top will suffer galvanic corrosion when in contact with metals at the bottom (in the presence of an electrolyte). The farther apart two metals are on the table, the greater the potential corrosion. Galvanic Series Table nodic End Magnesium Magnesium alloys inc Galvanized steel Naval brass (C46400) luminum 5052H luminum 3004 luminum 3003 luminum 1100 luminum 6053 lclad aluminum alloys luminum bronze (C61400) Cadmium Copper (C11000) luminum 2017 luminum 20 Low-carbon steel Wrought iron Cast iron Monel Ni-resist Type 304 stainless steel (passive) Type 410 stainless steel (passive) Type 316 stainless steel (active) 50Pb-50Sn solder Silver Cathodic End Pitting Type 304 stainless steel (active) Type 316 stainless steel (active) Lead Tin Muntz metal (C28000) Manganese bronze (C67500) Nickel (active) Inconel (active) Cartridge brass (C26000) dmiralty metal (C44300) ed brass (C23000) Silicon bronze (C 65100) Copper nickel, 30% (C71500) Nickel (passive) Inconel (passive) Gold Platinum Pitting corrosion is localized and is identified by a cavity with a depth equal to or greater than the cavity s surface diameter. Pits may have different sizes and depths and most often appear randomly distributed. luminum and stainless steels in chloride environments are especially susceptible to pitting. Pitting begins when surface defects, foreign particles or other variations in the metal lead to fixation of anodic (corroded) and cathodic (protected) sites on the metal surface. cidic metal chlorides, which form and accumulate in the pit as a result of anodes attracting chloride ions, accelerate the pitting process over time. The nature of pitting often makes it difficult to estimate damage. Crevice Corrosion Crevice corrosion is a specialized form of pitting that particularly attacks metals or alloys protected by oxide films or passive layers. It results from a relative lack of oxygen in a crevice, with the metal in the crevice becoming anodic to the metal outside. For the crevice to corrode, it must be large enough to admit the electrolyte, but small enough to suffer oxygen depletion. Erosion Corrosion While erosion is a purely mechanical process, erosion corrosion combines mechanical erosion with chemical or electrochemical reaction. The process is accelerated by the generally rapid flow of liquid or gas over an eroded metal surface, removing dissolved ions and solid particles. s a result, the metal surface develops grooves, gullies, waves, rounded holes and valleys. Erosion corrosion can damage most metals, especially soft ones like aluminum that are susceptible to mechanical wear, and those that depend for protection on a passive surface film, which can be eroded. esulting damage can also be enhanced by particles or gas bubbles in a suspended state. -430

173 Technical Information Intergranular Corrosion Intergranular corrosion occurs between the crystals (or grains) that formed when the metal solidified. The composition of the areas between the crystals differs from that of the crystals themselves, and these boundary areas can become subject to intergranular corrosion. Weld areas of austenitic stainless steels are often affected by this form of corrosion, and the heat-treatable aluminum alloys are also susceptible. Corrosion esistance Guide The following table has been compiled as a guide for selecting appropriate cable trays for various industrial environments. The information can only be used as a guide because corrosion processes are dictated by the unique circumstances of any particular assembly. Corrosion is significantly affected by trace impurities which, at times, can become concentrated through wet/ dry cycles in locations that are prone to condensation and evaporation. It is not uncommon to find aggressive mists created from contaminant species, notably from sulfur or halogen sources. Temperature greatly influences corrosion, sometimes increasing the rate of metal loss (a rule-of-thumb guide is that a 30 C change in temperature results in a 10 change in corrosion rate). Sometimes corrosion attack slows down at higher temperatures because oxygen levels in aqueous solutions are lowered as temperatures increase. If an environment completely dries out, then there can be no corrosion. Stress-associated corrosion might occur when assemblies are poorly installed and/or fabricated, e.g., on-site welding or mechanical fastening. Premature failure can result from corrosion fatigue, which can occur in any environment; stress corrosion cracking, which occurs in the presence of a specific chemical when the metal is under a tensile stress, which may be residual or applied (e.g., from poor fabrication or welding); fretting, where two adjacent surfaces (under load) are subjected to an oscillatory motion across the mating surfaces. Design plays a significant role in exacerbating corrosion. Good design should minimize the risk of stress concentrations within a structure. Examples include sharp profiles, abrupt section changes and threaded screws. These measures are particularly important for metals that are prone to stress corrosion cracking in specific media. Non-draining locations create liquid traps; local metal-to-metal (or metal-tonon-metal) contact points (e.g., mechanical assemblies [bolts] with washers or spacers) permit crevice corrosion and/or galvanic corrosion to occur. reas that are poorly maintained (e.g., surfaces are not regularly or properly washed and stubborn deposits remain on the metal surface) are particularly prone to localized corrosion damage due to different levels of oxygen under and adjacent to the location in question (differential aeration). esulting damage from these situations is in the form of small holes (pits). In each of the examples just quoted there is a restricted supply of oxygen. Thus, metals (e.g., aluminum, stainless steels, zinc) that rely on oxygen to form protective corrosion films (oxides, hydroxides, carbonates, etc.,) may be prone to localized pitting and/or crevice corrosion. further example of localized corrosion occurs when dissimilar metals contact each other in the presence of a corrodent, i.e., galvanic corrosion. Each metal will corrode but the one that is most active (anode) can be more corroded especially when there is a large surrounding area of the less active (cathodic) metal. It is wise to avoid small anodic areas. Some examples include steel bolts (small area of anodic metal) in stainless steel plate (large area of cathodic metal); steel bolts in copper plate (the steel corrodes). There can be environmental influences. For example when a fluid that contains active metallic species comes in contact with aluminum (copper picked up from aqueous solutions conveyed in copper pipe), the aluminum corrodes. further dramatic example is provided when trace quantities of mercury contact aluminum the aluminum corrodes very rapidly. These are examples of deposit corrosion. Key to Symbols in Tables The following symbols are used throughout the Chemical Species tables in order to provide an indication about the suitability of a potential candidate material for a specific chemical environment. Note: These tables should be regarded only as guides to anticipated performance because of possible contributions from temperature, pollutant (contaminant) species, etc. Further details are given elsewhere. Symbols ++ First choice; very low corrosion rate, typically <5 mpy, or <.005 inch/year, (1 mil = inch) + Good choice; low corrosion rate, typically <20 mpy, or <.02 ipy - Can use; corrosion rate up to 50 mpy (.05 ipy); some limitations may apply Not recommended (-) rackets indicate probable limitations, e.g., at higher temperatures, [symbol T ]; at higher concentrations, [symbol C ]; due to pitting, [symbol P ]; due to local grain boundary attack in the metal/intergranular corrosion, [symbol I ]; or, due to stress corrosion cracking, [symbol S ] nd No available data Chemical esistance Chemical luminum HDG/Steel 316SS cetaldehyde cetic acid (aerated) (+) T,C (++) T cetic acid (not aerated) (+) T,C (++) T cetone cetylene ++ nd ++ llyl alcohol + nd ++ luminum chloride (dry) + nd (+) T,P luminum chloride (wet) (-) P luminum sulfate (satd.) nd + mmonia (anhydrous) mmonia (gas) - + (+) T mmonium acetate + nd + mmonium bicarbonate - nd (+) T mmonium carbonate (satd.) + + mmonium chloride (28%) (+) P,S mmonium chloride (50%) mmonium hydroxide + + (++) C mmonium nitrate + (++) S mmonium phosphate (40%) nd + mmonium sulfate (to 30%) - + myl acetate sphalt eer enzene (benzol) ++ + (+) P enzoic acid + nd + enzol (see benzene) oric acid (boracic acid) ++ nd (++) T,P romine (wet) utadiene (butylene) utyl alcohol (butanol) utyric acid + + Cadmium sulfate + nd ++ Calcium carbonate - nd

174 Technical Information Chemical esistance (continued) chemical luminum HDG/Steel 316SS Calcium chloride (satd.) + (+) S Calcium hydroxide (satd.) nd + Calcium hypochlorite (satd.) (-) P Carbon dioxide (wet) Carbon disulfide (bisulfide) Carbon tetrachloride + (++) P, S Carbolic acid (see phenol) Carbonic acid (see carbon dioxide) Caustic potash (see potassium hydroxide) Caustic soda (see sodium hydroxide) Chlorine gas (wet) ++ (-) P, S Chloroform (+) dry + (+) T, S Chromic acid + nd (+) P Citric acid (dilute) (+) T, C (++) P Copper chloride (-) P Copper nitrate nd ++ Copper sulfate - + Cresol Crude oil Diethylamine Dimethyl ketone (see acetone) Ethyl acetate (++) dry ++ + Ethyl alcohol (ethanol) Ethylene dichloride (-) dry ++ (+) P, S Ethylene glycol (glycol) Ferric chloride Ferric nitrate (10%) nd + Ferrous sulfate + nd (+) P Formaldehyde (methanal) (+) P ++ (++) T, C Fluorine gas (moist) Formalin (see formaldehyde) Formic acid (methanoic acid, 10%) (+) T (+) P, C Furfural (furfuraldehyde) + nd + Furol (see furfural) Gelatin Glycerine (glycerol) Hexamine (80%) ++ nd ++ Hydrobromic acid Hydrochloric acid (muriatic acid) Hydrocyanic acid (dilute) + nd + Hydrocyanic acid (conc.) nd + Hydrofluoric acid Hydrogen chloride gas (dry) (++) S Hydrogen chloride gas (wet) + Hydrogen fluoride (-) T nd + Hydrogen peroxide (to 40%) ++ nd + Hydrogen sulfide (wet) (+) P nd (+) P, S Hypo (see sodium thiosulfate) Hypochlorous acid Iodine solution (satd.) Lactic acid (+) T nd (+) P, I Latex Lithium chloride (to 30%) nd ++ Linseed oil + nd ++ Magnesium chloride (50%) (+) P, S Magnesium hydroxide + nd ++ Magnesium sulfate + + Maleic acid (maleinic acid, 20%) + nd + Methyl alcohol (methanol) Methyl ethyl ketone Milk Chemical luminum HDG/Steel 316SS Molasses + nd ++ Naptha Natural fats Nickel chloride nd (+) P, S Nickel sulfate nd + Nitric acid (++) I Oleic acid (++) T nd ++ Oxalic acid (dilute) - nd + Oxalic acid (satd.) (+) T Paraformaldehyde (to 30%) + nd ++ Perchloroethylene + (++) P Phenol (carbolic acid) Phosphoric acid (dilute) ++ Phosphoric acid (50%) (++) I Picric acid ++ nd + Potassium bicarbonate (30%) nd ++ Potassium carbonate nd ++ Potassium chloride (to 25%) (++) P Potassium dichromate (30%) (++) T ++ Potassium hydroxide nd (+) S Potassium nitrate Potassium sulfate Propionic acid (propanoic acid) (+) T (+) T Propyl alcohol (propane) Prussic acid (see hydrocyanic acid) Pyridine + nd ++ Soaps Sodium bicarbonate (20%) + nd ++ Sodium bisulfate (+) T Sodium bisulfite + Sodium chloride (to 30%) (+) P, S Sodium cyanide nd (+) T Sodium hydroxide (10 30%) (+) S Sodium hydroxide (50%) (++) S Sodium hydroxide (conc.) ++ Sodium hypochlorite (conc.) + (-) P, S Sodium nitrate Sodium peroxide (10%) + nd + Sodium silicate ++ nd ++ Sodium sulfate (++) 30% ++ Sodium sulfide (to 50%) nd (+) T Sodium thiosulfate + nd ++ Steam (+) P Stearic acid + nd ++ Sorbital (hexahydric alcohol) Sulfur dioxide (dry) Sulfur dioxide (wet) (+) T Sulfuric acid (to 80%) Sulfuric acid (80 90%) (-) I Sulfuric acid (98%) (+) I Tannic acid (tannin) + Tartaric acid (to 50%) (+) T nd ++ Toluene (Toluol; methyl benzene) Trichloroethylene (++) T + (+) P Turpentine Water (acid, mine) - (++) P Water (potable) Water (sea) ylene ++ nd ++ inc chloride (dilute) ++ nd (++) P, S -432

Technical Information Electrical Grounding Capacity/Thermal Expansion and Contraction 7. Electrical Grounding Capacity The National Electrical Code, Section 392.

The corresponding cross-sectional area for each siderail design (2-siderails) is listed on the label. This cable tray label is attached to each straight section that is UL classified.

175 Technical Information Electrical Grounding Capacity/Thermal Expansion and Contraction 7. Electrical Grounding Capacity The National Electrical Code, Section allows cable tray to be used as an equipment grounding conductor. ll T& standard cable trays are classified by UL per NEC Table () based on their cross sectional area. The corresponding cross-sectional area for each siderail design (2-siderails) is listed on the label. This cable tray label is attached to each straight section that is UL classified. s are not subject to CS or UL. See pages for grounding and bonding products. For more information on grounding and bonding cable tray, refer to section 4.7 of the NEM VE 2 Cable Tray installation guidelines. NEC Table () Metal rea equirements for Cable Trays Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors Maximum Fuse mpere ating, Circuit reaker mpere Trip Setting or Circuit reaker Protective elay mpere Trip Setting for Ground Fault Protection of any Cable Circuit in the Cable Tray System Minimum Cross-Sectional rea of Metal in Square Inches* Steel Cable Trays luminum Cable Trays ** ** For SI units: One square inch = 645 square millimeters. * Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or trough-type cable trays, or the minimum cross-sectional area of metal in channel-type cable trays or cable trays of one-piece construction. ** Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 600 amperes. luminum cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 2000 amperes. For larger ampere ratings, an additional grounding conductor must be used. Thermal Expansion and Contraction cable tray system may be affected by thermal expansion and contraction, which must be taken into account during installation. To determine the number of expansion splice plates you need, decide the length of the straight cable tray runs and the total difference between the minimum winter and maximum summer temperatures. To function properly, expansion splice plates require accurate gap settings between trays. To find the gap, see Table 2. Plot our Gap Setting Locate the lowest metal temperature on low temperature line Locate the highest metal temperature on high temperature line Connect these two points Locate installation temperature and plot to high/low line; drop plot to gap setting The support nearest the midpoint between expansion splice plates should be anchored, allowing the tray longitudinal movement in both directions. ll other support location should be secured by expansion guides (see Table 3). When a cable tray system is used as an equipment grounding conductor, it is important to use bonding jumpers at all expansion connections to keep the electrical circuit continuous. Table 1 Maximum Distance etween Expansion Joints (For 1" Movement) Temperature Differential Steel luminum C F m ft. m ft Note: Every pair of expansion splice plates requires two bonding jumpers for grounding continuity. Metal Temperature t Time For Installation (FO or CO) Max. Temp Table 2 Gap Setting of Expansion Splice Plate 1" (25.4) Gap Maximum M Temp. C o Fo F o C o Table 3 Typical Cable Tray Installation Expansion Splice Plates (onding jumpers required on each side of tray) 0 (0.0) 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 (3.2) (6.3) (9.5) (.7) (15.9) (19.9) Gap Setting, Inches (mm) 7/8 (22.2) 1 (25.4) = hold down clamp (anchor) at support = expansion guide clamp at support NEC and National Electrical Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection ssociation, Inc. -433

176 Technical Information Structural Design n installed cable tray system functions as a beam under a uniformly distributed load. The four basic beam configurations found in cable installations are simple, continuous, cantilever and fixed. Each is attached to the cable tray support in a different way. Simple eam straight section of cable tray supported at both ends but not fastened functions as a simple beam. Under a load, the tray will exhibit deflection. The load-carrying capacity of a cable tray unit should be based on simple beam loading, since this type of loading occurs at run ends, offsets, etc., in any tray system. The NEM/ CS Load Test is a simple beam, uniformly distributed load test. It represents the worst-case beam condition compared to continuous or fixed configurations. The only criterion for NEM/CS acceptance is the ability to support 150% of the rated load. Continuous eam Cable tray sections forming spans constitute a continuous beam configuration, the most common found in cable tray installations. This configuration exhibits characteristics of the simple beam and the fixed beam. For example, with loads applied to all spans at the same time, the ends spans function like simple beams, while the counterbalancing loads on either side of a support function like a fixed beam. s the number of spans increases, the continuous beam behaves increasingly like a fixed beam, and the maximum deflection continues to decrease. s this occurs, the system s load-carrying capability increases. Cantilever eam cantilever beam has more to do with the cable tray supports than the tray. ttaching one end of a beam to a support while the other end remains unsupported, as when wall mounting a bracket, creates a cantilever beam configuration. Obviously, with one end unsupported, the load rating of a cantilever beam is significantly less than that of a simple beam. Fixed eam fixed beam applies more to the cable tray supports than the tray itself, because both ends of a fixed beam are firmly attached to the supports. The rigid attachment prevents movement and increases load-bearing ability. Design Loadings asic cable trays are designed on the basis of maximum allowable stress for a certain section and material. The allowable cable load varies with the span, type and width of the tray. Splicing continuous system requires that side rails be spliced, and splice plates must be strong and easy to install. T& luminum Snap-In Splice Plate allows hands-free installation of hardware for easier assembly. If practical, splices in a continuous span cable tray system should be installed at points of minimum stress. Unspliced straight sections should be used on all simple spans and on end spans of continuous span runs. Straight section lengths should be equal to or greater than the span length to ensure not more than one splice between supports. Examples of splicing configurations are shown on page asic Design Stresses llowable working stresses are the basis for all structural design. Since they must be of such magnitude as to ensure the safety of the structure against failure, their selection is a matter of prime importance. In practice, a basic design stress is determined by dividing the strength of the material by a factor of safety. The determining factors in establishing a set of basic design stresses for a structure are therefore the mechanical properties of the materials and suitable factors of safety. ield strength and ultimate strength are the mechanical properties most commonly considered to govern design. Values for these properties are readily obtainable. In determining the factor of safety, the designer must be guided by official technical standards and his or her own judgment and experience. Factors of Safety Since a low value for the factor of safety results in economy of material, the designer seeks to establish a value as low as is practical, based on sound engineering judgment and experience. Consider these important criteria: The accuracy with which the loads to represent service conditions are selected and assumed. If there is much doubt concerning these loads, the basic design stress will have to be more conservative than under conditions where the loads are known with considerable accuracy. The accuracy with which the stresses in the members of a structure are calculated. Many approximations are used in structural design to estimate stress distribution. The choice of a factor of safety should be consistent with how accurate the analysis is. The more precise the method, the greater the allowable unit stress may be. The significance of the structure being designed. The designer must keep in mind the relative importance of the structure and appraise the possibility of its failure causing significant property damage or loss of life. In this respect, the significance of the design will govern the choice of a factor of safety to a considerable extent. pplication of Design Stresses to Cable Tray Systems cable tray manufacturer must design standard products to accommodate the great variations encountered in applications. The factors affecting the selection of a suitable basic design stress necessarily result in more conservative stresses than might otherwise be required. n engineer may consider that the manufacturer s basic design stresses are too conservative for a particular project and establish a new set of basic design stresses, selecting those safety factors that would result in a cable tray system best suited to meet the projected service conditions. With these stresses, the engineer can easily calculate an increase or decrease in the manufacturer s loading data, since the load is always in direct proportion to the stress. The factors of safety determining maximum allowable stresses are: luminum lloys a. For tension: the lower of 1 3 the minimum ultimate strength or 1 2 the minimum yield strength in tension. b. For compression: the lower of 1 3 the minimum ultimate strength or 2 5 the minimum yield strength in compression. c. For shear: the lower of 1 3 the minimum ultimate strength or 1 2 the minimum yield strength in shear. Hot-olled Steels a. For tension: the lower of 1 2 the minimum ultimate strength or the minimum yield point in tension times.61. b. For compression: the lower of 1 2 the minimum ultimate strength or the minimum yield point in compression times.61. c. For shear: maximum stress not to exceed a value of 2 3 the basic design stress for tension. Design Efficiency tray designed to perform its required function with the minimum weight (which facilitates installation) requires the material to be used in the most effective manner. The design requirements of side rails are different from those of rungs or ventilated bottom; fabricated tray allows the designer to use different shapes and thicknesses of metal to the best advantage. The strength of the side rail and rungs is increased by the proper use of metal in the high-strength heat-treated aluminum or continuously rolled cold-worked steel sections. Loading Per NEM VE1, cable tray is not designed to support personnel. Display warnings to prevent the use of cable tray as walkways. Cable Loads The cable load is the total weight, expressed in kg/m or lb./ft., of all the cables placed in the cable tray. Seismic Loads Cable tray systems can withstand stronger earthquakes than previously thought. The tray itself and the support material are highly ductile, and the cables moving within the tray tend to dissipate energy. Consult T& if you have specific seismic specifications. -434

177 Technical Information Load Diagrams for eams SIMPLE EMS Uniform Load w per unit of length, total load w eaction: l =r = WL = W 2 2 Moment at any point: M = w(l-) = W(L-) 2 2L Maximum moment, at center: Mmax= wl2 = WL 8 8 Maximum deflection: D = 5wL4 = 5WL3 384EI 384EI Maximum shear: V = WL 2 Concentrated Load at Center eaction: l = r = P 2 Moment at any point: < = L, M = P 2 2 > = L, M = P (L-) 2 2 Maximum moment, at center: Mmax = PL 4 Maximum deflection: D = PL 3 384EI Maximum shear: V = P 2 Concentrated Load at any Point eaction: L = Pb, r = Pa L L Moment at any point: <= a, M = l = Pb L >= a, M = r (L-) = Pa(L-) L Maximum moment: t = a, Mmax = Pab L Maximum deflection: D = Pab(L+b)3a(L+b) 27EIL Maximum shear: V = Pa,when a > b L CONTINUOUS EMS W = wl = eaction, kg L = Span Length, cm 1 = cw Two Span Three Span Four Span Five Span CNTILEVE EMS Uniform Load w per unit of length: total load w eaction = wl = W Moment at any point: M = W 2 = W 2 2 2L Maximum moment: Mmax = wl 2 = WL 2 2 Maximum deflection: D = wl 4 = WL 3 EI EI Maximum shear: V = wl Concentrated load at free end eaction; = P Moment at any point: M = Px Maximum moment, Mmax = PL Maximum deflection, D = PL 3 3EI Maximum shear, V = P General Loading equirements and Maps (IEEE: Section 25 Loading for Grades, C and D) General 1. It is necessary to assume the loadings that may be expected to occur on a line because of wind and ice during all seasons of the year. These weather loadings shall be the values of loading resulting from the application of ules 250 or 250C. Where both rules apply, the required loading shall be the one that, when combined with the appropriate overload capacity factors, has the greater effect on strength requirements. 2. Where construction or maintenance loads exceed those imposed by ule 2501, which may occur more frequently in light loading areas, the assumed loadings shall be increased accordingly. 3. Loadings experienced in certain areas in each of the loading districts may be greater or may be less than those specified in these rules. In the absence of a detailed loading analysis, no reduction in the loadings specified therein shall be made without the approval of the administrative authority. Combined Ice and Wind Loading Three general degrees of loading due to weather conditions are designated as heavy, medium and light loading. Page -438 shows the districts in which these loadings are normally applicable as well as the radial thickness of ice and the wind pressures to be used in calculating loading. Ice is assumed to weigh 57 lb./ft. 2 (913 kg/m 3 ). Extreme Wind Loading If any portion of a structure or its supported facilities exceeds 60 ft. (18m) above ground or water level, the applicable horizontal wind speed shall be used to calculate horizontal wind pressures. These pressures shall be applied to the entire structure and supported facilities without ice loading. The following formulas shall be used to calculate wind pressures on cylindrical surfaces: pressure in lb./ft. 3 = (v m/h) 2 pressure in pascals =.613 (v m/h) 2 Page -438 lists the conversions of velocities to pressures for typical wind speeds as calculated by the formulas listed above. If no portion of the structure or its supported facilities exceeds 60 ft. (18m) above ground or water level, the provisions of this rule are not required. -435

Technical Information Cable Tray Engineering Specification Cable Tray Cable tray shall be by one manufacturer and shall consist of straight sections, fittings and accessories per NEM VE1-2006/CS C22.

178 Technical Information Cable Tray Engineering Specification Cable Tray Cable tray shall be by one manufacturer and shall consist of straight sections, fittings and accessories per NEM VE1-2006/CS C22.2 No Cable tray must be listed by UL as equipment grounding conductor. There shall be no burrs, projections or sharp edges to damage the cable insulation. luminum ll siderails, and rungs shall be of extruded aluminum type 6063-T6. Siderails shall be of I-beam construction. Pre-Galvanized Steel ll siderails and rungs shall be of steel conforming to the requirements of STM 653/653M-06a with G90 coating thickness. Siderail shall be reinforced with flanges turned inward. Hot Dip Galvanized Steel ll siderails and rungs shall be made from steel conforming to the requirements of 1008/1008M-07, SS grade 33, type 2 or 1011/ b SS, grade 33 and shall be hot dip galvanized after manufacture per STM 3 providing a minimum thickness of 1.50 oz per ft.2 Stainless Steel ll cable tray and accessories shall be of type ISI 316 stainless steel. Tray Types Ladder Ladder tray shall incorporate two siderails connected by lateral rungs. ungs shall provide minimum 1" bearing surface and have slots perpendicular to the centerline of the rung on 1" centers for attachment of cable ties. ungs shall also have an open slot to facilitate attachment of pipe straps and other accessories. ungs shall be installed at 6", 9", " or 18" spacing. The rungs shall not be below the bottom of the siderail. Solid ottom Solid ottom tray shall incorporate two siderails connected by rungs on " centers with a solid sheet applied below the rungs. Ventilated Trough Ventilated trough tray shall incorporate two siderails connected by rungs at 4" spacing. Dimensions Siderail Height Siderails heights shall be 3-5 8", 4", 5", 6", and 7" minimum loading depths shall be 2-5 8", 3", 4", 5", and 6". ccessories Covers and ccessories Covers shall be supplied to protect tray cable where needed. ppropriate holddowns shall be supplied to properly attach the covers to the tray. Splice Plates luminum splice plates shall be designed to snap into tray siderail and shall be supplied with four square neck carriage bolts and hex nuts for attachment. Steel splice plates shall be supplied with four square neck carriage bolts and hex nuts for attachment. Loading Capabilities Cable tray shall meet specified NEM/CS load ratings with safety factor of 1.5. Design and Manufacture Cable tray design shall be that of T& Cable Tray Systems as manufactured by Thomas & etts. Length ll cable tray straight sections shall be supplied in ', ', 3m and 6m lengths. Cable tray shall be supplied in 6", 9", ", 18", ", 30" and 36" widths as required. ed s For all fittings requiring a radius that radius shall be ", ", 36", and 48" and shall be measured to the nearest perpendicular surface. -436

179 Technical Information Selection of Thomas & etts Series of Cable Tray Please refer to Table 2 for luminum and Table 3 for Steel Table 1 Load/Span Class Designation kg/m LOD lb./ft. SPN, m (ft.) 2.4 (8) 3.0 (10) 3.7 () 4.9 (16) 6.0 (20) D C E or C C 16C 20C D E Note: 8//C, //C, 16//C and 20//C are the traditional NEM designations., C, D and E are the conventional CS designations. Table 2 luminum Load / Span Class Designation Side rail Height Series Load Depth () Nominal 4" H04 H14 H H34 H44 H54 3" H25 5" H35 4" H45 H06 H16 H26 6" H36 5" H46 H56 H66 7" H27 H37 6" Note: See appendix for information on luminum Heavy Load bearing trays and spans beyond 6m. NEM Class 8 C C C C 20C 20C 20 20C CS Class C/3m D/3m D/6m E/3m E/6m D/6m E/3m E/6m C/3m D/6m E/3m E/6m E/6m Table 3 Steel Load/Span Class Designation Side rail Height Series Load Depth () Nominal NEM Class CS Class 3 5 8" SH13/SP13/SS " C/3m 4" SH14/SP14/SS14 C D/3m 3" SH34/SP34/SS34 20 D/6m 5" SH25/SP25/SS25 SH45/SP45/SS45 SH55/SP55/* 4" C D/6m E/6m 6" SH16/SP16/SS16 SH36/SP36/SS36 SH46/SP46/* 5" 7" SH37/SP37/* 6" 20C * Stainless Steel 316 available. Consult with T& sales for further information C D/6m E/6m -437

Hawaii laska DE Seattle 0 National Capital City International oundary State oundary State Name 400 km 400 Miles Technical Information Loading for Grades, C and D US Installations Fig.

180 Hawaii laska DE Seattle 0 National Capital City International oundary State oundary State Name 400 km 400 Miles Technical Information Loading for Grades, C and D US Installations Fig US: General Loading Map of US with respect to loading of overhead lines C O W NV ID UT MT W NM CO ND SD NE T KS OK MN I MO L WI IL MS IN K MI TN L P OH MD Washington DC WV V Note: The localities are classified in the different loading districts according to the relative simultaneous prevalence of wind velocity and thickness of ice that accumulates on wires. Light loading is for places where little, if any, ice accumulates on wires. G SC FL NC N NJ DE VT NH M I CT ME T = Heavy = Medium = Light Fig US: asic Wind Speed (miles per hour) WIND VELOCIT MP nnual extreme wind velocity 30 feet above ground, 50-year recurrence interval Seattle Caribou International Spokane Havre Great Falls Falls Williston Portland Missoula ismarck Duluth S. Ste. Marie urlington Pendleton illings Fargo Portland oseburg Concord oise Green urns Huron ay uffalo lbany Minneapolis Eureka Pocatello Lansing oston apid City Lander Hartford Detroit Winnemucoa Dubuque Harrisburg New ork Sacramento Cheyenne North Platte Chicago Pittsburgh Philadelphia eno San Salt Lake City Des Moines Columbus Francisco Tonopah Denver Lincoln Springfield Washington Milford Kansas Indianapolis Grand Junction Las City Charleston Fresno ichmond Vegas Dodge City St. Lexington Norfork Louis Hattaras Los ngeles Nashville Oklahoma City KnoxvilleColumbia aleigh San PCIFIC Phoenix Diego lbuquerque Little ock Memphis marillo Wilmington OCEN uma tlanta El Paso Jackson irmingham Charleston bilene Shreveport Fort Worth New Del io Jacksonville Houston Orleans TLNTIC Pensacola OCEN San ntonio Tampa GULF OF MEICO Miami rownsville WIND SPEEDS elow 70 mph mph mph mph Over 100 mph Special Winds laska & Hawaii 90 mph Santa na Winds Southern California Gorge Winds Columbia iver Valley of Washington and Oregon Wasatch Mountain Winds Utah Chinook Wids Eastern slope of ockies in Montana, Wyoming, Colorado Special High Winds Over 100 mph This map is reproduced by permission of the merican Society of Civil Engineers. Canadian Installations Fig CDN: General Loading Map of Canada with respect to loading of overhead lines Note: Wind velocity usually increases with height; therefore, experience may show that the wind pressures specified herein need to be further increased. Fig CDN: asic Wind Speed (miles per hour) Note: ll maximum wind velocities are in miles per hour based on a 50-year mean recurrence interval (annual probability = 2%) at a height of 30 ft. (10 m) over smooth terra Wind map reproduced from SCE 7-88 [52]. For Hawaii and Puerto ico, the basic wind speeds are 80 mph and 95 mph, respectively. Note: Wind velocity usually increases with height; therefore, experience may show that the wind pressures specified herein need to be further increased. -438

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections - Straight Sections H-1 -Line series able Systems - ccessories & Fittings How The Service dvisor Works We know that your time is important! That s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed